RFP Morth TN

(Ministry of Road Transport & Highways)
Government of India
CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR AUTHORITY’S ENGINEER FOR SUPERVISION OF

SUPERVISION OF BALANCE WORKS OF REHABILITATION AND UP GRADATION OF
NAKREKAL TO NAGARJUNASAGAR SECTION OF NH-565 TO 2L+PS/4L FROM KM
1.000 TO KM 86.057 UNDER NH(O) FOR THE YEAR 2020-21 IN THE STATE OF
TELANGANA ON EPC BASIS
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL

(RFP)
Regional Office, Hyderabad

Ministry of Road Transport & Highways,
Govt. of India
June, 2021
CONTENT
Sr. Page
Particulars
No. Nos.
1 SECTION 1: Information to Consultants 1-6
2 SECTION 2: Letter of Invitation 7-49
Datasheet 19-23
Appendix-EC 25-52
3 SECTION 3: Format for Submission of Firms Credentials. 53-56
4 SECTION 4: Format for Submission of Technical Proposal. 57-74
Appendix B-1-Technical proposal submission form. 58
Appendix B-2-Site Appreciation 59
Appendix B-3-Approach paper on methodology for performing the assignment 60
Appendix B-4-Facility for field investigation and testing 61
Appendix B-5-Composition of the Team and Task(s) of each Team member 62
Appendix B-6-Curriculum vitae of proposed Professional staff. 63
Appendix B-7-Time schedule for deployment of Professional staff 64
Appendix B-8-Activity (works) schedule. 65
Appendix B-9-Affidavit – Correctness of Experience claimed by the Firms 66
Appendix B-10-Integrity Pact 67-73

5 SECTION 5: Format for submission of Financial proposal. 75-83
Appendix C-1 Financial proposal submission form 76
Appendix C-2 Summary of costs 77
Appendix C-3 Breakdown of costs 78-83
6 SECTION 6: Terms of Reference. 85-213
Enclosure-A 104-107
Enclosure-B 108-120
Annexure I- Daily Inspection Report in construction period 121
Annexure II- Daily Inspection Report in O&M period 122
Annexure III- Weekly Inspection Report in O&M period 123-126
Annexure IV- Month of survey for equipment based road condition assessment 127-128
Annexure V- Monthly Progress Report in Construction Phase 129-184
Annexure VII: Output Format From Network Survey Vehicle And FWD Testing 185-213
7 SECTION 7: Draft Form of Contract. 215-264
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP)
Tender Ref No. RW/HYD/Misc-28/NIT/2021-22/001 dt 29.06.2021
SECTION 1: INFORMATION TO CONSULTANTS
Sub.: Consultancy services for Authority’s Engineer for Supervision of Balance works of
rehabilitation and up gradation of Nakrekal to Nagarjunasagar section of NH-565 to
2L+PS/4L from km 1.000 to km 86.057 under NH(O) for the year 2020-21 in the state
of Telangana on EPC Basis
1. The Regional Office, Hyderabad, Ministry of Road Transport & Highways (MoRT&H)
(the ‘Employer’) invites proposals from eligible Consultants for engaging an
Authority’s Engineer (AE) on the basis of International Competitive Bidding for the
following contract package in the State of Telangana.
TABLE1: DETAILS OF PROJECT
S No Consultancy Package NH No. State ProjectProject Assignment

Stretch
Length (Km) period
/ Project (months)
Cost(Cr.)
1 Consultancy Services for 565 Telangana Km 1+000 85+057 84
Authority’s Engineer for to 86+057
supervision of Balance
works of rehabilitation
and upgradation of
Nakrekal to
Nagarjunasagar section
of NH-565 to 2L+PS/4L
from km 1.000 to km
86.057 under NH(O) for
the year 2020-21 in the
state of Telangana on
EPC Basis
2. The RFP has also been uploaded on “INFRACON” (www.infracon.nic.in). As such

before submitting the proposal the Consultant shall mandatorily register and enlist
themselves (the firm and all key personnel), on the MoRTH portal “INFRACON” and
furnish registration details along with its RFP. A copy of Infracon Operation
Procedure is also enclosed for bidder’s reference.
3. All the bidders registered on Infracon shall form a Team on Infracon and which
would be assigned unique Infracon Team ID. Bidders while submitting the
proposal shall quote the Infracon Team ID.
4. Bid must be submitted online at e-tender portal of MoRTH https://eprocure.gov.in

on or before 12.08.2021 upto 15:00 hrs.
5. Selection of AE shall be as per selection procedures given in the Model Agreement for
Engineering Procurement and Construction. The selected AE shall be intimated to the
Contractor.
Page 1 of 264
6. The proposal shall be submitted in English Language and all correspondence would
be in the same language.
7. MoRTH intends to appoint a Consultant to act as Authority’s Engineer for

implementation of the EPC project. As per the Terms and Conditions of the EPC
Agreement (s), the Authority’s Engineer shall perform all the duties as per TOR given
in this RFP along with any amendment thereof. The selection of Independent
Engineer shall follow the laid down procedures given in the Contract Agreement
signed between Employer and Contractor.
8. The interested consultancy firms may download the RFP document from the official
website of the Employer w.e.f. 29.06.2021 to 12.08.2021 upto 1500 hrs. The
Consultant who download the RFP document from the website will be required to pay
the non- refundable fee of Rs. 5,000/- towards cost of RFP at the time of the
submission of the Bid proposal through Bharatkosh website
https://bharatkosh.gov.in payable to Regional Pay and Accounts Officer, MoRTH,
Hyderabad.. The RFP will be invited through e-tendering portal. Refer Procedure
under e-tendering for submission of RFP through e-tendering.
9. Unqualified bidders would be informed regarding their non-qualification, without any

explanation.
10. The proposal should be submitted by consultancy firms in two parts. The two parts of
the proposal are Part1: Technical Proposal and Part2: Financial Proposal. For a
given EPC Project, Stage -1 of the Evaluation shall consider the evaluation of the
Technical Proposal (i.e. Part 1). The firms scoring the qualifying marks (minimum
75%) as mentioned in RFP shall only be considered for further evaluation. Under
stage 2, the financial proposal of such firms as selected above shall be opened and
evaluated. Proposals will finally be ranked according to their combined technical and
financial scores as specified in clause 5 of section 2.
11. The total time period for the assignment as Authority’s Engineer will be for
Construction Period of 24 months + Maintenance Period of 60 Months with reduced
man power.
12. Consultants may apply either as a sole firm or forming Joint Venture with other
consultants. In case of Joint Venture, the maximum number of Joint Venture partners
is limited to 2 (i.e. one lead + 1 JV partners). Formulation of more than one
JV/association with different partners for the same work is not allowed and all such
proposal involving the firms shall be treated as non-responsive. If the Consultant
submits bids as sole applicant and also in JV/Association with another consultant,
both bids shall be summarily rejected. No Consultantshall submit more than one bid.
13. (A) The Applicant whether a sole applicant or lead member with joint venture may
include any number of Associate to provide technology in assignment (refer para 10
(iii) of data sheet). The Associate firm can provide equipment based road inspection
services for any of the 4 equipment viz., (i) Network Survey Vehicle including all
modules required as per technical specifications, (ii) Falling Weight Deflectometer,
(iii) Mobile Bridge Inspection Unit and (iv) Retro Reflectometer. However, the
Page 2 of 264
Associate(s) cannot be common for 2 or more bidders. If any Associate is common
with 2 or more bidders, all those bids shall be declared non-responsive. Hence, the
bidder may ensure on his own that the associate proposed by him is not proposed by
any other bidder participating in the same assignment and the bidder is solely
responsible in this regard.
(B) In addition, the applicant whether a sole applicant or lead member with joint
venture may also include an Associate for providing key personnel. In such case, the
applicant should submit an MOU with associate regarding role and responsibility of
Associate Company. However the maximum no. of key personnel from Associate firm
during RFP proposal and implementation of contract should be limited to two (2).
14. The Applicant, by submitting its Application pursuant to this RFP, shall be deemed to
have acknowledged that without prejudice to the Authority any other right or remedy
hereunder or in law or otherwise, the Applicant shall be debarred from participating
in the future projects of the Authority in the following situations
(a) If an Applicant withdraws its Proposal during the period of its validity as
specified in this RFP and as extended by the Applicant from time to time.
(b) In the case of a Selected Applicant, if the Applicant fails to sign the Agreement.
15. Consulting firms meeting the following criteria are only eligible for applying for this
assignment. Firms not meeting these criteria, need not apply.
A). Eligibility criteria for sole applicant firm.
S. Experience of the firm in last 7 years Annual Turnover***

No. Preparation of DPR Project Supervision/IC
(NH/SH/Equivalent) (NH/SH/Equivalent)
1 The firm should have minimum The firm should have minimum Annual turnover
(a). experience of preparation of experience of Project (updated average of
detailed Project Report/ Feasibility Supervision/Independent last 3 years) of the
Study cum Preliminary Design Engineer/Consultantof 2/4/6**- firm from consultancy
Report of 2/4/6**-laning/Bridge laning/Bridge project of business should be
project of aggregate length equal aggregate length equal to 3 equal to or more than
to 2 times (i.e. 170 km) or more times (i.e. 255 km) or more of 2% of Estimated
of similar category for which RFP similar category** for which RFP Project Cost.
is invited. is invited.
1 Firm should also have
(b) experience of Project
Supervision/ Independent
Engineer/ Authority’ Engineer of
at least one project of similar
category of two/four/six**
laning/bridge work of length
equal to 40% of project length
(i.e. 34 km) .
Page 3 of 264
** Similar project means 2/4/6 lane as applicable for the project for which RFP is
invited. For 2-lane projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered with a
multiplication factor of 1.5. Experience of 4/6 lane shall be considered
interchangeably for 4/6 laning projects. For 4/6 laning projects, experience of 2 lane
will be considered with a multiplication factor of 0.4, but only for those 2 lane
projects whose cost of consultancy services was more than Rs.3.0 crores. For
standalone bridge projects, experience in bridge work (either standalone project or as
a part of road project) only be considered.
*** In case the project includes any specialized nature of work such as tunnels,
specialized structures etc. in substantial quantum, this requirement may be suitably
included.
B) Eligibility Criteria for partners in case of JV (not more than 1 JV partners shall
be allowed) shall be as under:
The lead partner must fulfill atleast 50% of requirements at 1(a) of table in para (A)
above and other JV partner should fulfill atleast 30% of eligibility criteria as indicated
at 1(a) of table in para (A) above. Also the lead partner and JV partner jointly should
meet the eligibility criteria as mentioned at 1(a) of table in para (A) above. Lead
partner should meet the criteria 1 (b) of table in para (A) above.
Note: The weightage given for experience of a firm would depend on the role of the
firm in the respective assignments. The firm’s experience would get full credit if it was
the sole firm in the respective assignment. If the applicant firm has completed
projects as JV with some other firms, weightage shall be given as per the JV share***.
However if the applicant firm has executed the project as associate with some other
firms, 25% weightage shall be given to the applicant firm for the projects completed
under such association.
*** For weightage of experience in any past Consultancy assignment, experience

certificate from the client shall be submitted. In absence of clear demarcation of JV
share in client certificate, the weightage will be treated as 60 % for lead partner and
40% for minor partner. Annual turnover duly certified by Chartered Accountant shall
be accepted. In case of non-availability of such documents no weightage of
turnover/experience will be considered.
16. In case the financial figures and values of services provided are in foreign currency
current market exchange rate (State Bank of India BC Selling rate as on last date of
submission of the bid) will be applied for the purpose of conversion of amount in
foreign currency into Indian Rupees.
17. The Bidder including individual or any of its Joint Venture Member should, in the last
2 years, have neither failed to perform for the consultancy services pertaining to
Expressways, National Highways, ISC (Inter State Connectivity) & EI (Economic
Importance) works, as evidenced by imposition of a penalty by an arbitral or judicial
authority or a judicial pronouncement or arbitration award against the Bidder
including individual or any of its Joint Venture Member, as the case may be, nor has
been expelled or terminated by Ministry of Road Transport & Highways or its
Page 4 of 264
implementing agencies for breach by such Bidder including individual or any of its
Joint Venture Member. Consultants (sole firm or lead firm and any of the JV partners)
who do not fulfil the aforesaid condition as on last date of submission of proposal,
need not apply as their RFP proposal will not be entertained.
18. Employer will not be responsible for any delay, loss or non-receipt of RFP document
sent by post/courier. Further, Employer shall not be responsible for any delay in
receiving the proposal and reserves the right to accept/reject any or all applications
without assigning any reason thereof.
19. The two parts of the Proposal (Technical proposal and Financial proposal) must be
submitted on-line only with all pages numbered serially, along with an index of
submission as per procedure under e-tendering. Physical submission of the proposal
shall not be accepted. In the event, any of the instructions mentioned herein have not
been adhered to, the Employer may reject the Proposal.
20. Employer will be at liberty to keep the credentials submitted by the Consultants at
bidding stage, in public domain and the same may be uploaded by Employer on
Employer’s web-site. Consultants should have no objection if Employer uploads the
information pertaining to their credentials as well as of their key personnel.
21. The individual key personnel proposed in the bid by the consultants or any
replacement thereof should undertake that they shall have no objection in
uploading/hoisting of their credentials by Employer in public domain.
22. RFP submission must be received not later than 15.00 hrs on 12.08.2021 in the
manner specified in the RFP document at the address given below.
Address of Employer:
Regional Officer, Hyderabad,

Ministry of Road Transport & Highways,
Government of India
(R&B) QC Building, Errum manzil,
Hyderabad, Telangana– 500 082
Telephone: 040-23393206, 23378549
E-mail- rohyd-morth@gov.in
Page 5 of 264
Page 6 of 264
SECTION 2: LETTER OF INVITATION TO CONSULTANTS
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Bids are invited from consulting firms either as a sole firm/ joint venture with other
Consultant willing to act as AE to submit a proposal for providing consulting services
required for the assignment named in the attached Letter of Invitation.
1.2 A brief description of the assignment and its objectives are given in the Terms of
Reference (TOR).
1.3 The assignment shall be implemented in Construction Period (24 Months) and
Maintenance Period (60 Months).
1.4 This RFP is neither an agreement nor an offer by the Authority to the prospective
Applicants or any other person. The purpose of this RFP is to provide interested
parties with information that may be useful to them in the formulation of their
Proposals pursuant to this RFP. This RFP includes statements and assumptions,
which reflect various assessments arrived at by the Authority in relation to the
Consultancy. Such assessments and statements do not purport to contain all the
information that each Applicant may require. The information contained in this RFP,
may not be complete, accurate, adequate or correct. Each Applicant should,
therefore, conduct its own investigations about the assignment and the local
conditions before submitting the proposal by paying a visit to the Client and the
project site, sending written queries to the client, before the date and time specified
in the Data Sheet.
1.5 Please note that (i) the costs of preparing the proposal and negotiating for the
contract, including a visit to site, are not reimbursable as a direct cost of assignment
and (ii) Employer is not bound to accept any of the proposals received by it and
reserves the right to annul the selection process at any time prior to contract award,
without thereby incurring any liability to the Consultants.
1.6 Consultant have an obligation to disclose any situation of actual or potential conflict
that impacts their capacity to serve the best interest of their Client, or than may
reasonably be perceived as having this effect. Failure to disclose said situations may
lead to the disqualification of the Consultant
Or the termination of its Contract and/or any other action as deemed fit by the
Authority at any stage.
1.7 It is the MoRTH policy that the consultants observe the highest standard of ethics
during the selection and execution of such contracts. In pursuance of this policy, the
MoRTH:
(a) Defines, for the purpose of this paragraph, the terms set forth below as
follows:
(i) “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting,

directly or indirectly, of anything of value to influence the action of a public
Page 7 of 264
official in the selection process or in contract execution;
(ii) “fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation or omission of facts in
order to influence a selection process or the execution of a contract;
(iii) “collusive practices” means a scheme or arrangement between two or
more consultants with or without the knowledge of the Client, designed to
establish prices at artificial, non-competitive levels;
(iv) “coercive practices” means harming or threatening to harm, directly or
indirectly, persons or their property to influence their participation in a
procurement process, or affect the execution of a contract.
(b) will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the Consultant
recommended for award has, directly or through an agent, engaged in corrupt,
fraudulent, collusive or coercive practices in competing for the contract in
question;
(c) will declare a firm ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time,
to be awarded a contract if it at any time determines that the firm has engaged
in corrupt or fraudulent practices in competing for, or in executing, a contract;
and
(d) will have the right to require that a provision be included requiring
consultants to permit the Employer to inspect their accounts and records
relating to the performance of the contract and to have them audited by
authorized representatives of Employer.
1.8 Consultants, their JV partner, their Sub-Consultants, and their associates shall not be
under a declaration of ineligibility for corrupt and fraudulent practices. Furthermore,
the Consultants shall be aware of the provisions on fraud and corruption stated in the
specific clauses in the General Conditions of Contract.
1.9 Consultants shall furnish information on commissions and gratuities, if any, paid or to
be paid to agents relating to this proposal and during execution of the assignment if
the Consultant is awarded the Contract, in the Financial Proposal.
1.10 The Data Sheet indicates how long Consultants’ Proposals must remain valid after the
submission date. During this period, Consultants shall maintain the availability of
Professional staff nominated in the Proposal. The Client will make its best effort to
complete the process within this period. Should the need arise, however, the Client
may request Consultants to extend the validity period of their proposals. Consultants
who agree to such extension shall confirm that they maintain the availability of the
Professional staff nominated in the Proposal, or in their confirmation of extension of
validity of the Proposal, consultants could seek replacement upto a maximum of 50%
key personnel .If any Consultant seeks any replacement(s), while extending the bid
validity, then the same shall be evaluated for ascertaining suitability of replacement
as per the provisions of the RFP and remuneration shall not be reduced for any such
replacement(s). However, the technical evaluation shall take into account of the
originally submitted CV(s) only irrespective of replacement sought.
Page 8 of 264
2. CLARIFICATIONS AND AMENDMENT OF RFP DOCUMENTS
2.1 The Consultants may request a clarification of any of the RFP documents up to the
number of days indicated in the Data Sheet before the Proposal submission date. Any
request for clarification must be sent in writing by paper mail, facsimile, or electronic
mail to the Client’s address indicated in the Data Sheet. The Client will respond by
cable, facsimile, or electronic mail to such requests and will send copies of the
response (including an explanation of the query but without identifying the source of
inquiry) to all consultants who have purchased the RFP document.
Clarification/amendment will also be hosted on MoRTH e-portal.
2.2 At any time before the submission of Proposals, the Client may for any reason,
whether at its own initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a
Consulting firm, modify the RFP documents by amendment. Any amendment shall be
issued in writing through addendum. Addendum may be sent by mail, cable, telex,
facsimile or electronic mail to consultants or/and will be hosted on Employer’s
website which will be binding on them. The Client may at its discretion extend the
deadline for the submission of Proposals.
3. PREPARATION OF PROPOSAL
3.1 You are requested to submit your proposal in Two Parts strictly using the formats
enclosed herewith (refer section 3,4and 5) in 2 separate envelopes/ packages and put
together in one single outer envelope/package. The two parts shall be:
Part 1: Technical Proposal and

Part 2: Financial Proposal.
The proposal shall be written in the English language as specified in the Data Sheet.
All pages of the Proposal shall be signed by an authorized representative. The
representative’s authorization shall be confirmed by written Power of Attorney duly
notarized to be submitted with the proposal. In case of JV or inclusion of Associate
Company, a MoU indicating the specific Projects, input and role of each Partner etc.
shall be submitted with the proposal.
Part 1: Technical Proposal
3.2 You are expected to examine all terms and conditions included in the documents.
Failure to act or to provide all requested information will be at your own risk and may
result in rejection of your proposal.
3.3 During preparation of the Technical proposal you may give particular attention to the
following:
i. The man-months for the assignment shall be that stated in the Terms of
Reference. The same shall be considered for the purpose of evaluation as well
as award. In case the man months of TOR are amended in view of Client’s own
initiative or in response to clarification sought by any Consulting firm, the
Page 9 of 264
man months so amended and published shall be considered for the purpose of
evaluation as well as award.
ii. The Consultants should prefer to field as many of their permanent staff as
possible. The permanent staff would be considered those already employed
with the firm prior to one year from the month during which this Tender
Notice is issued. Applicant shall submit the details of the period of
employment of the proposed personnel with the firm.
iii. A good working knowledge of the language specified in the data sheet is
essential for key professional staff on this assignment. Reports must be in
the language (s) specified in the data sheet
3.4 Your Technical Proposal must provide the following information, using but not
limited to the formats attached in the Section 3 & 4.
i. A brief description of the firm’s organisation and an outline of recent

experience of the Consultants and, in the case of Joint Venture, for each
partner, on assignments of a similar nature. The information which you shall
provide on each assignment should indicate, inter-alia, the profiles of the staff
provided, duration, contract amount and firm’s involvement. The details of
assignments on hand shall also be furnished by the Consultant and their
JV partner, separately.
ii. Any comments or suggestions on the ToR and a description of the
methodology (work plan) which the firm proposes to execute the services,
illustrated with bar charts of activities.
iii. Site Appreciation: limited to four A4 size pages in 1. 5 space and 12 font
including photographs, if any;
iv. Proposed methodology for the execution of the services illustrated with bar
charts of activities, including any change proposed in the methodology of
services indicated in the TOR, and procedure for quality assurance: Maximum
4 pages;
v. The proposed methodology should be accompanied by the consultants initial
view, key challenges they foresee and potential solutions. It should also
include details on adoption of superior technology along with proof: limited to
six A4 size pages in 1.5 space and 12 font including photographs;
vi. The proposal shall indicate as to whether the firm is having the facilities for
carrying out the following field activities or these are proposed to be
outsourced to specialized agencies.
 Surface defects detection and roughness measurement using Network
Survey Vehicle
 Pavement strength measurement using FWD
 Bridge inspection using Mobile Bridge Inspection Unit
 Road signs inspection using Retro Reflectometer
Page 10 of 264
vii. Proposed Quality Audit Methodology including Quality Assurance Plan
viii. In case the Consultant envisages outsourcing any or all of the above services
to the expert agencies, the details of the same indicating the arrangement
made with the agencies need to be furnished. These agencies would however,
be subject to approval of the client to ensure quality input by such agencies
before award of the work. For out-sourced services, proposed
firms/consultants should have such experience on similar projects.
ix. The composition of the proposed staff team, the tasks which shall be assigned
to each and their timing;
x. Requirement for submission of CVs.
a. The CVs of following six key personnel in the format as per Appendix-B-6 is
to be furnished on INFRACON portal.
Team leader cum Senior Highway Engineer, Resident cum Highway Engineer,
Bridge/Structural Engineer, Senior Pavement Specialist, Senior Quality cum
Material Expert, and Road Safety Expert
[Team Leader cum Senior Tunnel Expert, Residential Engineer cum
Excavation Specialist, Senior Geotechnical Expert, Tunnel Design Engineer,
Tunnel Safety Expert, Senior Contract Specialist & Senior Geologist in case of
Standalone Tunnel Project]
[Team Leader cum Senior Bridge Engineer, Resident Engineer cum Pavement
Specialist, Bridge/Structural Engineer, Senior Contract Specialist, Road Safety
Expert & Senior Quality cum Material Expert in case of Standalone Bridge
Project].
It may please be ensured that the format is strictly followed and the
information furnished therein is true and correct. The CV must indicate the
work in hand and the duration till which the person will be required to be
engaged in that assignment. The Firm shall ensure that details furnished in
the CV by the personnel are correct. If any information is found incorrect, at
any stage, action including termination and debarment from future MoRTH
projects for a minimum period of 2 years may be taken by MoRTH on the
personnel and the Firm.
b. Key information should include years with the firm and degree of
responsibility held in various assignemnts. In CV format, at summary, the
individual shall declare his qualification & total experience (in years) against
the requirements specified in TOR for the position (Ref. Enclosure-B of TOR).
If any information is found incorrect, at any stage, action including
termination and debarment from future MoRTH projects upto 2 years may be
taken by MoRTH on the personnel and the firm.
c. CVs of Key Personnel having intermittent inputs will be considered only if the
assignments on hand as on 7 days before due date of proposal including those
for which LOA has been received from the Client or for which Consultant has
been declared as H1 are such that the key personnel is able to
proportionately devote the given man months for this project.
d. All the CVs which are to be evaluated should be complete in all respects
including signing and certification by the individual and the firm.
e. Minimum 75% marks required. CV of six Key Personnel will be evaluated CV
Page 11 of 264
of proposed Team Leader should score at least 75% marks. If not, the
proposal shall not be considered further.
f. If a CV score less than 75% marks, whatever marks it scores will be carried
forward for maximum 3 nos. key personnel for determining the total score of
the firm. However, if the Key Personnel does not fulfill the minimum
academic qualification (as mentioned at Enclosure-B of TOR of RFP), the
overall score of his CV will be evaluated as zero. If the Key Personnel does not
fulfill the minimum qualification related to experience (as mentioned at
Enclosure-B of TOR of RFP), then zero marks will only be assigned for that
sub criteria, but the marks obtained by the CV of the Key Personnel will be
carried forward for maximum 3 nos. key personnel for determining the total
score of the firm. In case, a firm is H-1, then all such Key Personnel (whose CV
scores less than 75% or who does not fulfill the minimum qualification) will
have to be replaced by the firm before signing the contract. The reduction in
remuneration of such replacements shall be 10% for each replacement. In
case more than 3 CV scores less than 75% marks or Team leader cum Senior
Highway Engineer scores less than 75% marks, the proposal shall be
considered non-responsive.
g. In case CV of a person is turned out to be fake / incorrect / inflated during the
assignment, the consultancy firms shall have to refund the salary and perks
drawn including interest @12% per annum in respect of the person apart
from other consequences. In addition to above, 10% of the salary and perks
to be refunded shall be recovered from the Firm as penalty. In the event the
penalty is not paid by the Consultancy Firm, the same shall be recovered from
encashment of performance security of the firm.
h. It is also clarified that any key personnel, if debarred during the period
between receipt of bid and award of the contract and is required to be
replaced as per the provisions of the RFP, then the replacement shall not be
considered as part of replacement by the Authority’s Engineerand hence no
deduction in remuneration shall be affected. However, in this case the
original CV will be considered for evaluation purpose
xi. Deployment Schedule for each key personnel should be formulated and
incorporated in the Technical Proposal which will be reviewed on quarterly
basis.
xii. Estimates of the total time effort (person x months) to be provided for the
services, supported by bar chart diagrams showing the time proposed
(person x months) for each professional staff and sub professional staff.
xiii. Any additional information.
3.5 The technical proposal must NOT include any financial information.
Part 2: Financial Proposal
3.6 Your Financial Proposal must be strictly using the formats attached in Section 5. No
additional items/quantities other than that specified in the formats should be
proposed by the Consultants since the same shall not be considered for the
evaluation/award. Consultants shall be paid billing rates for services as per financial
proposal submitted by them basis. Beginning 13th months from the last date of
submission of bid, billing rates shall be increased to cover all items of the contract i.e.
Page 12 of 264
remuneration, vehicle hire, office rent, consumables, furniture etc. @ 5% every 12
months.However, for evaluation and award of the Bid proposals, the quoted initial
rate (as applicable for first 12 months from last date of submission of bid) shall be
multiplied by the total time input for each position on this contract, i.e. without
considering the increase in the billing rates. All payments shall be made in Indian
Rupees and shall be subjected to applicable Indian laws withholding taxes if any.
3.7 The Financial Proposal should clearly identify as a separate amount, the local taxes
(including social security), duties, fees, levies and other charges imposed under the
applicable law, on the consultants, the sub-consultants, and their personnel (other
than nationals or permanent residents of the government’s country); unless the Data
Sheet specifies otherwise. This cost, however, will not be considered in evaluation.
3.8 Consultants may express the price of their services in the Indian Rupees only.
3.9 Goods & Service tax as applicable shall be paid to the Consultant while making
payment for services rendered. The consultants shall then deposit the same with the
tax authorities and provide a proof of having done so within next 90 days in line with
policy circulars issued by Employer. Employer shall pay only the Goods & service tax.
4. SUBMISSION, RECEIPT AND OPENING OF PROPOSALS
4.1 PREPARATION & SUBMISSION OF APPLICATIONS:
A. Detailed RFP may be downloaded from E-tendering portal of Employer and the
Application may be submitted online following the instructions appearing on the
screen.
B. The following shall be the form of various documents in the Application:
(I) Technical Proposal {Only Electronic Form (to be uploaded on the E-

tendering portal of Employer)}
(a) Power of Attorney for signing the Application
(b) If applicable, the Power of Attorney for Lead Member of JV;
(c) Copy of Memorandum of Understanding between JV partners, if applicable;
(d) Copy of Memorandum of Understanding with Associate, if applicable.
(e) Firms credentials as per format prescribed in SECTION-3 OF RFP. (The details
are to be submitted through INFRACON only)
(f) Technical proposal as per format prescribed in SECTION-4 OF RFP. (The
details are to be submitted through INFRACON only.)
II) Financial proposal as per format prescribed in section – 5 of RFP
(III) Online payment receipt towards cost of RFP of Rs. 5,000/- (Rupees Five
thousand only) in favour of Regional Pay and Accounts Officer, MoRTH,
Hyderbad paid through Bharatkosh website;
(IV) Bidders have to comply with the OM No. 13030/09/2008-vig dated 28th
January, 2013(copy enclosed) regarding Integrity pact.
Page 13 of 264
C. The successful bidder shall submit the original documents specified above in point
no.4.1 B (I) (a), (b), (c)& (d) above together with their respective enclosures to the
Authority before signing of the Agreement.
i.) The Applicant shall upload scanned copies of the Technical Proposal and
Financial Proposal as specified in point nos. 4.1 (B) (I) ,(II), (III) & (IV) above on
the E-tendering portal of Employer before 11:00 hours Indian Standard Time on
the Application due date i.e. on 12.08.2021. Financial Proposal is to be submitted
On-line only and no hard submission is to be made.
4.2 Modification / Substitution/ Withdrawal of bids:
(i) The Bidder may modify, substitute or withdraw its e- bid, prior to the Bid Due Date.
No Bid shall be modified, substituted or withdrawn by the Bidder on or after the Bid
Due Date.
(ii) Any alteration/ modification in the Bid or additional information supplied subsequent
to the Bid Due Date, unless the same has been expressly sought for by the Employer,
shall be disregarded.
(iii) For modification of e-bid, bidder has to detach its old bid from e-tendering portal and
upload / resubmit digitally signed modified bid.
(iv) For withdrawal of bid, bidder has to click on withdrawal icon at e-tendering portal
and can withdraw its e-bid.
(v) Before withdrawal of a bid, it may specifically be noted that after withdrawal of a bid
for any reason, bidder cannot re-submit e-bid again.
4.3 OPENING AND EVALUATION OF APPLICATIONS:
(i) Opening of Proposals will be done through online for both Financial Proposal and
Technical Proposal.
(ii) For participating in the tender, the authorized signatory holding Power of Attorney
shall be the Digital Signatory. In case the authorized signatory holding Power of
Attorney and Digital Signatory are not the same, the bid shall be considered non-
responsive.
The Employer will open the Technical Proposal at 15.00 hours Indian Standard Time
on the Application due date i.e. in the presence of the Applicants who choose to attend
and evaluate the Applications in accordance with the provisions set out in the RFP.
(iii) The Financial Proposal will be opened of the short-listed applicants who qualify for
financial opening as per RFP. The date of opening of Financial Proposal will be
notified later on.
Page 14 of 264
5 PROPOSAL EVALUATION
5.1 A two -stage procedure shall be adopted for evaluating the proposals.
5.2 Deleted
Technical Proposal
5.3 The Evaluation Committee appointed by the Employer shall carry out its evaluation
applying the evaluation criteria and point system specified in the data sheet. Each
responsive proposal shall be attributed a technical score (ST.) Only those Applicants
whose Technical proposal score 75 marks or more out of 100 shall qualify for further
consideration. However, if the number of such pre-qualified applications is less than
two, the Employer may, in its sole discretion, pre-qualify the applicant(s) whose
technical score is less than 75 marks.
Financial Proposal
5.4 After the evaluation of Technical Proposals is completed and the shortlist of firms is
finalised, the Employer may notify those consultants whose proposals were not
considered as per conditions of RFP. The Employer shall simultaneously notify the
shortlisted firms indicating the date and time set for opening of the Financial
Proposals.
5.5 The Financial Proposals shall be opened publicly in the presence of the consultants’
representatives who choose to attend. The name of the consultant, the technical
scores, and the proposed prices shall be read aloud and recorded when the Financial
Proposals are opened. The Client shall prepare minutes of the public opening.
5.6 The Evaluation Committee will determine whether the submitted Financial Proposals
are complete (i.e. whether they have included cost of all items of the corresponding
proposals; if not, then the cost towards such missing items will be considered as NIL,
but the Consultant shall, however, be required to carry out such obligations without
any additional compensation.) and without computational error. In case under such
circumstances, if Client feels that the work cannot be carried out within the overall
cost as per the submitted financial proposal, such proposals shall be considered non
responsive.
5.7 The lowest financial proposal (FM) will be given a financial score (SF) of 100 points.
The financial scores of other proposals will be computed as follows:
SF= 100 x FM/F (F= amount of financial proposal)
5.8 Proposals will finally be ranked according to their combined technical (ST) and
financial (SF) scores as follows:
S= ST x Tw+SF x Fw
Where S is the combined score, and Tw and Fw are weights assigned to Technical
Proposal and Financial Proposal that shall be 0.70 and 0.30 respectively.
Page 15 of 264
5.9 The selected Authority’s Engineer shall be the first Ranked Applicant (H-1, having the
highest combined score). In the event the proposals of two or more consultants have
the same scores in the final ranking, the proposal with the highest technical score
should be ranked first.
6 AWARD OF CONTRACT
6.1 The Client shall issue letter of award to selected Consultant and ask the Consultant
to provide Performance Security as in Para 7 below. If the selected Consultant fail to
provide performance security within the prescribed time or the Consultant fail
to sign the Contract Agreement within prescribed time, the Client may invite the
2nd highest ranking bidder Consultant and follow the procedure outlined in Para
6 and 8 of this Letter of Invitation.
7 PERFORMANCE SECURITY
7.1 The successful consulting firm shall have to submit a Bank Guarantee (BG) for an
amount of 3 (three) % of the Contract Value within 15 days of issue of LOA. The BG
shall be valid for a period of [xx+2] i.e. upto 2 months beyond the expiry of the
Contract period of [xx months]. The BG shall be in the format specified in Appendix H
of draft contract form and furnished from a Nationalised Bank, IDBI or ICICI / ICICI
Bank / Foreign Bank / EXIM Bank / Any Scheduled Commercial Bank approved by
RBI having a net worth of not less than 1000 crore as per latest Annual Report of the
Bank. In the case of a Foreign Bank (issued by a Branch in India) the net worth in
respect of Indian operations shall only be taken into account. In case of Foreign Bank,
the BG issued by Foreign Bank should be counter guaranteed by any Nationalised
Bank in India. In case of JV, the BG shall be furnished on behalf of the JV and not
individually by the members.
Further, in case where the bid of the successful consulting firm is less than 85% of the
average of all bids received, the successful consulting firm shall have to submit an
Additional Performance Security (APS) in the form of a Bank Guarantee for 30% of
the differential value between the successful bid and average of all the bids received.
The BG shall be valid for a period of [xx+2] months i.e. upto 2 months beyond the
expiry of the Contract of [xx] months. The other requirements of APS are same as
those of Performance Security.
7.2 In the event the Consultant fails to provide the security within 15 days of date of
LOA, it may seek extension of time for a period of 15 (Fifteen) days on payment of
damages for such extended period in a sum of calculated at the rate of 0.1% (Zero
Point One Percent) of the contract price for each day until the performance security
is provided. For the avoidance of doubt the agreement shall be deemed to be
terminated on expiry of additional 15 days time period.
7.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Parties
agree that in the event of failure of the Consultant to provide the Performance
Security in accordance with the provisions of Clause 7.1 within the time specified
therein or such extended period as may be provided by the Authority, in accordance
with the provisions of Clause 7.2 and thereupon all rights, privileges, claims and
Page 16 of 264
entitlements of the Consultant under or arising out of this Agreement shall be
deemed to have been waived by, and to have ceased with the concurrence of the
Consultant, and LoA shall be deemed to have been withdrawn by mutual agreement
of the Parties. Authority may take action debar such firm for future projects for a
period of 1-2 years.
8. Signing of Contract Agreement
After having received the performance security and verified it, the Client shall invite
the selected bidder for signing of Contract Agreement on a date and time convenient
to both parties within 15 days of receipt of valid Performance Security.
Page 17 of 264
Page 18 of 264
DATASHEET
(As Mentioned in Letter of Invitation to Consultants)
Sub clause No. in Letter of Invitation to Consultants
1 Pre-Proposal Conference shall be held at: Employer’s Office on 26.07.2021 at

15.00 hrs.
2 The proposal shall be valid for 120 days after the last date of submission.
3 Clarification may be requested 7 days prior to Pre Proposal Conference. The address
for requesting clarification is:
Regional Officer, Hyderabad
MoRTH, Govt. of India
(R&B) QC Building, Errum manzil,
Hyderabad Telangana – 500 082
Telephone: 040-23393206, 23378549
E-mail- rohyd-morth@gov.in
4 The Language of documents and correspondence will be English
5 All the personnel shall have working knowledge of English and all the reports etc shall
be written in English.
6 Authority shall reimburse only Goods and service tax. Authority’s Engineer has to
assess all other taxes and should inbuilt them in their financial proposal. These taxes
(other than Goods and service tax) should not be provided separately. Consultants are
requested to consult Tax Consultants for details.
7. The Consultants to ensure that their firms and key personnel should register their
credentials / modules on www.infracon.nic.in as stipulated in MoRT&H Circular No.
RW-NH-35075/1/2010-S&R(R) dt. 28.10.2015.
8 The Consultants to state cost in INR .
9 The time and date of submission: 12.08.2021 upto 1500 hrs .
10 The points assigned to Technical Evaluation criteria are:

S.
Description Marks
No.
1 Relevant experience for the assignment 40
2 Experience in use of technology for road inspection 20
3 Qualifications and competence of the key staff for the assignment 40
Total 100
Page 19 of 264
i. Sub criteria for Relevant Experience of the firm for the assignment
Average Annual Turnover (last 3 years) from consultancy business (Min 5 crore) 2
Nos of Highway Professionals with the firm * The professionals who possess degree in 10
Civil Engineering/Transport Planning/Transport Economics/Traffic Management / Geology/
Environment Science or Engineering and 8 years experience in highway/bridge/tunnel with
employment in the firm for more than one year. The current Employment Certificate shall
be uploaded by Key Personnel on INFRACON.
Experience as Independent Engineer/Authority Engineer/Construction Supervision in 10
Number of Highway Projects of length equal to 40% of project length of similar category for
which RFP invited of 2/ 4/6**-laning or more in last 7 years*
Experience in DPR preparation for Number of Highway Projects (of length 40% of project 5
length of similar category for which RFP invited of 2/4/6**-laning or more) in last 7 years *
In hand DPRs for Authority (Ministry /NHAI/NHIDCL-As applicable) Projects (presently 10
under progress)
Experience in Construction Supervision/DPR /Design Review of Major structures having 3
length of more than 500 meter in last 7 years.
* Consultants should give details of the experience of the firm considering the
completed and the on-going highway assignments, separately for PPP and non-PPP
Projects along with experience certificates from clients. This list of the completed
works should also include those assignments which are substantially (90% of
Contract value) completed. No Qualification/Experience etc. shall be considered
without proof of experience.
Experience of Authority’s Engineerfor having offered consultancy services to a private

organization shall not be considered as relevant experience for current assignment.
** Similar projects means 2/4/6 lane as applicable for the project for which RFP is
invited. For 2-lane projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered with a
multiplication factor of 1.5. Experience of 4/6 lane shall be considered
interchangeably for 4/6 laning projects. For 4/6 laning projects, experience of 2 lane
will be considered with a multiplication factor of 0.4, but only for those 2 lane
projects whose cost of consultancy services was more than Rs.3.0 crores.
specialized structures etc. in substantial quantum, this requirement/Marks may be
included by suitably adjusting marks of other attributes.
In case of JV the turnover and experience details of Lead and JV Employer’s certificate
should be submitted substantiating the experience claimed by the firm.
Page 20 of 264
ii. Sub criteria for Experience in use of technology for road inspection
Sr. Maximum
Description Sub-Points
No. Points
Experience in Network Survey Vehicle (NSV) or better
1 7
technology for pavement inspection
1.1 Equipment 4
(a) Equipment on MOU with Associate or on hiring basis 2
(b) Own Equipment 4
1.2 Experience 3
(a) 1-2 projects 1
(b) 3-5 projects 2
(c) >5projects 3
Experience in Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD) or better
2 4
technology for pavement strength measurement
2.1 Equipment 2
(b) ) Own Equipment 2
2.2 Experience 2
(a) 1-3 projects 1
(b) > 3 projects 2
Experience in Mobile Bridge Inspection Unit or better
3 5
technology for bridge inspection
3.1 Equipment 2
(b) Own Equipment 2
3.2 Experience 3
(a) 1-2 projects 1
(b) 3-5 projects 2
(c) 5 projects 3
4 Experience in Retro reflectometer technology 4
4.1 Equipment 2
a) Equipment on MOU with Associate or on hiring basis 1
(b) Own Equipment 2
4.2 Experience 2
(a)1-3 projects 1
(b)> 3 projects 2
Total 20
Note: A. The Authority’s Engineer owning the equipments shall be required to submit proof
of ownership.
B. The experience of the associate firms in use of technology shall also be counted in
the evaluation. The experience of firm or associate firm in NSV or equivalent
technology, FWD or equivalent technology, MBIU or equivalent technology and Retro
reflectometer or equivalent technology shall be supported by experience certificate.
Page 21 of 264
The experience of a firm/associate firm for a private concessionaire/contractor shall
not be considered.
iii. Qualification and competence of following professional/sub-professional

staff for the assignment shall be evaluated. The weightage for various key
staff are as under:-
Normal Highway Project:
S. No Staff Position Marks.

1 Team Leader Cum Senior Highway Engineer 12
2 Resident cum Highway Engineer 6
3 Bridge/Structural Engineer 6
4 Senior Pavement Specialist 6
5 Senior Quality cum Material Expert 6
6 Road safety Expert 4
Total 40
Standalone Bridge Project:

1 Team Leader Cum Senior Bridge Engineer 12
2 Resident cum Pavement Specialist 6
3 Bridge/Structural Engineer 6
4 Senior Contract Specialist 6
5 Road Safety Expert 6
6 Senior Quality cum Material Expert 4
Total 40
Standalone Tunnel Project:

1 Team Leader Cum Senior Tunnel Expert 10
2 Resident Engineer cum Excavation Specialist 6
3 Senior Geotechnical Expert 5
4 Tunnel Design Engineer 5
5 Tunnel Safety Expert 5
6 Senior Geologist 5
7 Senior Contract Specialist 4
Total 40
Sub criteria for qualification of Key Personnel (i.e. Professional staff)

General qualifications 25
Adequacy for the project 70
Employment with firm 5
Total 100
iv) The technical proposal should score at least 75 points to be considered responsive for
financial evaluation.
Page 22 of 264
v) Detailed evaluation criteria which is to be used for evaluation of technical bids is as
indicated below as Appendix-EC.
vi) The Authority’s Engineer should carryout self-evaluation based on the evaluation
criteria at Appendix-EC. While submitting the self-evaluation along with bid,
Authority’s Engineer shall make references to the documents which has been relied
upon in his self-evaluation.
vii) Result of technical evaluation shall be made available on the website giving
opportunity to the bidders to respond within 7 days in case they have any objection.
viii) The single currency for price conversion is INR. For evaluation of bid proposals, the
foreign currency conversation rate of 1US Dollar = Rs. 74 And 1 Euro = Rs. 89 shall be
used.
ix) The weightage given to technical proposal is 70%.
The weightage given to financial proposal is 30%.
11. Commencement of Assignment: The firm shall begin carrying out the services within
one month of signing of the Consultancy Agreement.
Remarks: Based on experience and the Consulting Industry’s Capacity, Project specific
requirement etc., Authority may modify the above criteria for Selection of AE.
Page 23 of 264
Page 24 of 264
Appendix-EC
1. Evaluation Criteria for Assessment of Experience of the Firm.

Reference/Details of Marks self-
Max.
S. No. Description projects Claimed for assessed by
Marks
self-assessment the bidder
1 Average Annual Turnover (last 3 years) from 2
consultancy business
< 2% of TPC – 0 marks
2% of TPC – 1.5 marks
Add for additional turnover 0.25 (Zero point two five)
marks for every 1% of TPC above 2% of TPC subject
to maximum 0.5 marks.
2 Nos. of Highway Professionals with the firm * 10
2.1 <10 0
2.2 10-20 8
2.3 >20 but ≤30 9
2.4 >30 10
*The professionals who possess degree in Civil Engineering/Transport Planning /Transport
Economics/Traffic Management / Geology/ Environment Science or Engineering and 8 years
experience in highway/bridge /tunnel with employment in the firm for more than one year. The
current Employment Certificate shall be uploaded by Key Personnel on INFRACON.
3 Experience as Independent Engineer/ Authority 10
Engineer/ Construction Supervision in Number of
Highway Projects of 2/4/6-laning** of length (40% of
project length) or more in last 7 years.
1 project – 8 marks Add 1(one) mark extra for
completed assignment of Authority
Engineer/Independent Engineer and add 0.5 (Zero
point five) marks extra for completed assignment of
supervision consultancy subject to maximum 2 (Two)
marks.
4 Experience in DPR/Feasibility Study cum Preliminary 5

Design Report preparation for Number of Highway
Projects of 2/4/6-laning** of length (40% of project
length) or more in last 7 years.
1 project – 4 marks Add 0.5 (Zero point five) marks
extra for each additional project subject to maximum
1 mark.
5 In hand DPRs of Highway/Bridge/Tunnel Projects ( 10

presently under progress)
5.1 <2 0
5.2 2-5 5
Page 25 of 264
Max.
Marks
5.3 >5 10
6 Experience in Construction Supervision/DPR/Design 3
Review of Major structures having length of more
than 500 meter in last 7 years.
1 project – 2.0 marks Add 0. 5 (Zero point five) marks
extra for each additional project subject to maximum
1.0 marks
7 Additional requirement in case of specialized ***

projects***
Note 1: In case of JV the turnover and experience details of Lead and JV partners to be added.
Note 2: Employer’s certificate/ certificate from Statutory Auditor should be submitted
substantiating the experience/turnover claimed by the firm.
Note 3: ** For 4/6 laning projects, experience of 2 lane will be considered with a
multiplication factor of 0.4, but only for those 2 lane projects whose cost of
consultancy services was more than Rs.3.0 crores.
specialized structures etc. in substantial quantum, this requirement/Marks may be
included by suitably adjusting marks of other attributes.
2. Evaluation Criteria for assessment of experience in use of technology for

road inspection
Evaluation sheet for assessment of experience in use of technology for road inspection
Marks
Reference/Details
self-
S. Maximum of projects
Description assessed
No Points Claimed for self-
by the
assessment
bidder
Experience in Network Survey Vehicle
1 (NSV) or better technology for pavement 7
inspection
1.1 Equipment 4
(a) Equipment on MOU with Associate or on
hiring basis- 2 marks
(b) Own Equipment – 4 marks
1.2 Experience 3
(i) 1-2 projects 1
(ii) 3-5 projects 2
(iii) > 5 projects 3
Experience in Falling Weight Deflectometer
2 (FWD) or better technology for pavement 4
strength measurement
Page 26 of 264
Evaluation sheet for assessment of experience in use of technology for road inspection
Marks
Reference/Details
self-
S. Maximum of projects
Description assessed
No Points Claimed for self-
by the
assessment
bidder
2.1 Equipment 2
hiring basis- 1 mark
2.2 Experience 2
(i) 1-3 Projects 1
(ii) >3 Projects 2
Experience in Mobile Bridge Inspection Unit
3 5
or better technology for bridge inspection
3.1 Equipment 2
3.2 Experience 3
(i) 1-2 Projects 1
(ii) 3-5 Projects 2
(iii) > 5 Projects 3
Experience in Retro reflectometer
4 4
technology
4.1 Equipment 2
Execution with owned/hired
4.2 2
Equipment/through Associate
(i) 1-3 Projects 1
(ii) >3 Projects 2
Total 20
Notes:
(i) The Consultants owning the equipment shall be required to submit proof of ownership.
(ii) The experience of the associate firms in use of technology shall also be counted in the
evaluation. The experience of firm or associate firm in NSV or equivalent technology, FWD or
equivalent technology, MBIU or equivalent technology and Retro reflectometer or equivalent
technology shall be supported by experience certificate. The experience of a firm/ associate
firm for a private concessionaire/ contractor (client) shall be considered on self-certification
along with the client certificate. Any false certification shall attract provisions of Clause 1.8,
Section -2 (letter of Invitation) read with Clause 2.9.1(g) of GCC
Page 27 of 264
3 Evaluation Criteria for assessment of score of Key Staff for adequacy of the
Assignment.
3.1 Team Leader cum Senior Highway Engineer

Max.
Points
1 General Qualification 25
i) Graduate in Civil Engineering 21
ii) Post-Graduation in Management/ 04
Construction/ Transportation/Highway
Engineering/Structural Engineering or
equivalent specialised stream of civil
engineering
2 Adequacy for the Project 70
a) Professional Experience in Highway Projects:
i) Total Professional Experience in handling 10
Highway projects
< 12 years -0
12 years -8 marks
Add 1 mark extra for each additional year of
experience subject to maximum 2 (two) marks.
ii) Experience as Team Leader or similar capacity in 15

Highway Development Projects(similar
configuration (2/4/6 laning**) and above)
< 5 years -0
5 years -11 marks
Add 1 marks extra for each additional year of
experience subject to maximum 4 (four) marks.
iii) Experience as Team Leader or similar capacity in 5

Highway Development projects (of length 40% of
project length or more of similar configuration
(2/4/6 laning**) and above) on EPC
1 project -4 marks add 1 mark extra for additional
projects subject to maximum1 (one) mark
b) Experience as Team Leader or similar capacity of 15

project Preparation including design of major
highway Project (of length 40% of project length
or more of similar configuration (2/4/6 laning**)
and above).
< 2 projects -0
Page 28 of 264
Max.
Points
2 Projects -11 marks
Add 2 marks for each additional project subject to
maximum 4 marks.
c) Experience in position of Team Leader/Project 20

Manager or similar capacity in Construction
Supervision/IC involving length 40% of project
length or more of similar configuration (2/4/6**
laning) and above
< 2 projects – 0
2 Projects – 16 marks
Add 2 marks extra for each additional project
subject to maximum 4 (four) marks
d) Experience as Team Leader or similar capacity in 5

Operation and Maintenance of Major Highway (of
length 40% of project length or more of similar
configuration (2/4/6 laning**) and above).
1 project – 4 marks
Add 1 mark extra for each additional project
subject to maximum 1 (one) mark
3 Employment with the Firm 5

< 1 year -0
1 year – 3 marks
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject
to maximum 2 marks
Total : 100
Note:
(1) Similar Capacity includes the following positions

i) On behalf of Consultant: Team Leader/Resident Engineer (Construction
Supervision/IE/AE/DPR).
ii) On behalf of Contractor: Project Manager (Construction/Construction Supervision)
iii) In Government Organizations: Superintending Engineer (or equivalent) and above
(2) Only those projects will be considered for evaluation at S. No. 2(b) where the input of the
personnel is not < 9 months.
(3) Only those projects will be considered for evaluation at S. No. 2I, (d) where the input of the
personnel is not < 12 months.
Page 29 of 264
(4) In case of experience on behalf of Authority’s Engineer or Contractor, the experience shall be
duly endorsed by the respective Government agency. In case of non-availability of
endorsement from Govt. Agency, the experience uploaded on INFRACON Portal will be taken
into consideration. However, the key personnel/ bidder will be solely responsible for any fake
information/ CV, which may result in debarment.
3.2 Resident cum Highway Engineer

Max.
Points
ii) Post Graduation in 04
Transportation/Highway
Engineering/Structural
Engineering/Geotechnical Engineering
Professional Experience
i) Total Professional Experience in handling Highway 20
projects
< 12 years -0
12 years -8 marks
Add 1 mark extra for each additional year of experience
subject to maximum 2 (two) marks.
ii) Experience as Resident Engineer/Project 20
Director/Project Manager/Superintending Engineer or
equivalent/Executive Engineer or equivalent on
construction works/Authority Engineer/Independent
Engineer Projects (similar configuration (2/4/6 laning*)
and above).
< 5 years -0; 5 years -15 marks
Add 1 marks extra for each additional year of experience
subject to maximum 5 (five) marks.
iii) Experience in similar capacity in handling major 2/4/6- 25
laning** projects (of length 40% of project length or more
of
similar configuration (2/4/6 laning**) and above)
< 2 nos. -0
2 nos. -19 marks
Add three marks extra for each additional project subject
to maximum 6 (Six) marks.
iv) Experience in similar capacity of Highway Project of 5
Construction/Construction Supervision/IC on EPC Mode
(of length 40% of project length or more of similar
Page 30 of 264
Max.
Points
1 Project- 4 marks
Add 1 (one) mark extra for each additional project
< 1 year -0
1 year – 3 marks
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject to
maximum 2 marks
Total : 100
Note:

i) On behalf of Consultant: Resident / Highway Engineer
ii) On behalf of Contractor: Resident Engineer/ Highway Engineer / Project Manager
(Construction/Construction Supervision)
iii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent) and above
(2) Only those projects (in numbers) will be considered for evaluation above, where the input of
the personnel is not < 12 months
3.3 Bridge/Structural Engineer

Max.
Points
ii) Post-Graduation in Structural Engineering 04
Highway/Bridge projects
< 10 years -0
10 years -11 marks
Page 31 of 264
Max.
Points
Add one mark extra for each additional 2 year
subject to maximum 4(four) marks
ii) Experience in similar capacity in 20

Design/Construction/Construction Supervision of
Bridges/ROB/Flyover/Interchanges/any other such
structures (similar configuration (2/4/6 laning**) and
above)
Add 1 (one) mark extra for each additional completed
year of experience subject to maximum 5 (five)
marks
iii) Experience in similar capacity in supervision of Major 20

Highway Bridges/ROB/Flyover/ Interchanges/ any
other structures
< 2 Bridges -0
02 Bridge -15 marks
Add 2.5 mark extra for each additional bridge subject
to maximum 5 marks
iv) Experience in similar capacity in supervision of 10

Rehabilitation and repair of Major
Bridges/ROB/Flyover/ Interchanges/ any other
structures
< 2 nos. – 0
2 nos. -8 marks
> 3 nos.- 10
v) Experience in similar capacity of modern bridge 5

construction technology viz., Precast Segmental,
Balanced Cantilever Construction, Extra dosed
Bridge, Full Span Launching, Incremental Launching.
Experience in 1 project – 4 marks
More than one project – 5 marks

< 1 year -0
1 year -3 marks
maximum 2 marks
Page 32 of 264
Max.
Points
Total : 100
Note:

i) On behalf of Consultant/Contractor: Bridge Engineer/Project Manager (Bridges)
ii) On behalf of Government: Executive Engineer
3.4 Senior Pavement Specialist

Max.
Points
I) Graduate in Civil Engineering 21
II) Post-Graduation in Transportation/Highway 04
Engineering/Pavement engineering or
equivalent
i) Total Professional Experience of Pavement 20
Design/Construction and Maintenance of
Highways/Roads/Air Field Runway
< 10 years -0
10 years -15 marks
Add one mark extra for each additional year of
experience subject to maximum 5 (five) marks.
ii) Experience in Similar capacity in 20

Construction/Construction Supervision of 2/4/6-
laning** of major Highway Projects (similar
Page 33 of 264
Max.
Points
experience subject to maximum 5 (five) marks.
iii) Experience in similar capacity as Pavement/Geo- 25

technical Engineer in construction/ construction
supervision of Major Highway projects (of length 40%
of project length or more of similar configuration
(2/4/6 laning**) and above)
< 2 nos. -0
2 nos. -20 marks
Add 2.5 marks extra for each additional project
subject to maximum 5 marks.
iv) Experience in similar capacity on EPC Projects (of 5

1 Project- 4 marks
Add 1 (one) mark extra for each additional project

< 1 year -0
1 year – 3 marks
maximum 2 marks
Total : 100
Note:

i) On behalf of Consultant/Contractor: Pavement Specialist/ Pavement Engineer/
Pavement Expert / Highway Engineer
Page 34 of 264
3.5 Senior Quality/Material Expert

Max.
Points
II) Post Graduation in Geotechnical
Engineering/ Foundation Engineering/ Soil 04
Mechanics/ Rock Mechanics
Highway/Bridge projects
< 10 years -0
10 years -11
ii) Experience in similar capacity in 25
Construction/Construction Supervision of major
Highway Projects ((similar configuration (2/4/6
laning**) and above))
< 5 years -0; 5 years -19
Add 2.0 (two) marks extra for each additional year of
experience subject to maximum 6 (Six) marks.
iii) Experience in similar capacity in handling Similar 30
Highway projects (of length 40% of project length or
more of similar configuration (2/4/6 laning**) and
above)
< 2 nos. -0
2 nos. - 25
Add 2.5 marks extra for each additional project
< 1 year – 0
1 year – 3
maximum 2 marks
Total : 100
Note:
Page 35 of 264
i) On behalf of Consultant/Contractor: Quality Expert/ Material Engineer/Material
Expert/ Quality Engineer/ Geo-Technical Expert.
endorsement from Govt. Agency, the experience uploaded on Infracon Portal will be taken into
consideration. However, the key personnel/ bidder will be solely responsible for any fake
3.6 Road Safety Expert
S. Description Max. Reference/ Marks self-

No. Points Details of assessed
projects Claimed by the
for self- bidder
assessment
II) Post-Graduation in Traffic/ Transportation/ Safety 04
Engineering or equivalent
i) Total Professional Experience in handling Highway/Bridge 15
projects
< 10 years -0
10 years -11 marks
Add one mark extra for each additional year of experience
subject to maximum 4 (four) marks.
ii) Experience in similar capacity in Road Safety works on 15
Major Highway Project (similar configuration (2/4/6 laning**)
and above).
< 5 years -0
5 years -11 marks
iii) Experience in similar capacity in Road Safety Audits of 2/4/6- 20
laning** Highway projects at different stages including at
least one at design stage
< 2 nos. -0
2 nos. -15 marks
Add 2.5 marks extra for each additional project subject to
maximum 5 marks.
Page 36 of 264
S. Description Max. Reference/ Marks self-
No. Points Details of assessed
projects Claimed by the
for self- bidder
assessment
iv) Experience in similar capacity in identification and 10
improvement of black spots on Major Highway Project
(similar configuration (2/4/6 laning**) and above)
< 2 nos. -0
2 nos. -8 marks
Add 2 marks extra for each additional improvement of black
spots subject to maximum 2 marks.
v) Experience in similar capacity of preparing Road Safety 5
Management Plans for Inter Urban Highway
1 project -4 marks
2 or more -5 marks
vi) Experience in similar capacity in field of Road Safety 5
Management Plan
1 project -4 marks
2 or more -5 marks
<1 year- 0
1 year – 3 marks
maximum 2 marks
Total : 100
Note:
i) On behalf of Consultant/Contractor: Road Safety Expert
ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent) and above
3.7 Team Leader cum Senior Bridge Engineer:

Max.
Points
ii) Post Graduation in /Structural 04

Page 37 of 264
Max.
Points
specialised stream of civil
engineering

a) Professional Experience in Bridge
Projects:
Bridge projects
< 12 years -0
12 years -12 marks
experience subject to maximum 3 (three)
marks.
ii) Experience as Team Leader or similar 10

capacity in Highway Development projects of
(similar configuration (2/4/6 laning**) and
above)
< 5 years -0
5 years -8 marks
experience subject to maximum 2 (two)
marks.
iii) Experience as Team Leader or similar 5

capacity in Highway Development projects (of
1 project -4 marks add 1 mark extra for
additional projects subject to maximum1 (one)
mark
b) Experience as Team Leader or similar 30

capacity of at least Two projects in
Construction Supervision / AE/ IE/ Project
preparation involving at least one Major
Bridge (minimum 300 m length without
approaches) in the Project (of length 40% of
(2/4/6 laning**)
< 2 projects -0
2 Projects -20 marks
Add 5 marks for each additional project
Page 38 of 264
Max.
Points
c) Experience as Team Leader/Project Manager 10
or similar capacity in Operation and
Maintenance of Major Bridge (minimum 300 m
length without approaches) in the Project (of
configuration (2/4/6 laning**)
Add 1 mark extra for each additional project
subject to maximum 2 (two) mark

< 1 year -0
1 year – 3 marks
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year
subject to maximum 2 marks
Total : 100
3.8 Resident cum Pavement Specialist

Max.
Points
ii) Post Graduation in Transportation/ 04
Highway Engineering / Structural
Engineering / Geotechnical Engineering
Highway projects
< 12 years -0
12 years -16 marks
experience subject to maximum 4 (four)
marks.
ii) Experience as Resident Engineer/Project 20

Director/Project Manager/Superintending
Engineer or equivalent/Executive Engineer or
Page 39 of 264
Max.
Points
equivalent on construction works/Authority
Engineer/Independent Engineer Projects
(similar configuration (2/4/6 laning*) and
above).
experience subject to maximum 5 (five)
marks.
iii) Experience in similar capacity in handling 25

major 2/4/6-laning** projects (of length 40% of
project length or more of
similar configuration (2/4/6 laning**) and
above)
< 2 nos. -0
2 nos. -19 marks
Add three marks extra for each additional
project subject to maximum 6 (Six) marks.
iv) Experience in similar capacity of Highway 5

Project of Construction/Construction
Supervision on EPC Mode (of length 40% of
(2/4/6 laning**) and above)
1 Project- 4 marks
Add 1 (one) mark extra for each additional
project subject to maximum 1 (one) mark

< 1 year -0
1 year – 3 marks
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year
Total : 100
3.9 Senior Contract Specialist
S. No. Description Max. Reference/ Marks

Points Details of self-
projects assessed
Claimed for by the
self- bidder
Page 40 of 264
assessment
II) Post Graduate Degree in Law/PG in 04
management/certificate course in management/
certificate course in construction
management/certificate course in contract
management
i) Total Professional Experience of Contract Management. 20
< 15 years -0
15 years -15 marks
ii) Experience as Contract Specialist on any National/State 20
Highway project.
< 4 years -0
4 years -15 marks
iii) Contract Management of a large Highway contract say over 25
Rs.150 crore including experience of handling variation
orders, claims of the contractor and there appropriate
disposal
< 2 nos. -0
2 nos. -20
Add 2.5 marks extra for each additional project subject to
maximum 5 (five) marks.
v) Experience of Handling Arbitration cases in respect of any 5
Highway project.
1 project -4 marks
2 or more projects-5 marks
<1 year- 0
1 year – 3 marks
maximum 2 marks
Total : 100
Page 41 of 264
3.10 Team Leader cum Senior Tunnel Expert:

projects assessed
Claimed for by the
self- bidder
assessment
I) Graduate in Civil/Mining Engineering or equivalent 21
II) Post-Graduate or chartered engineer in Mining 04
Engineering/ Geotechnical Engineering /Structural
Engineering/Rock Mechanics or equivalent
Total Professional Experience
a i) < 20 years -0 7
20years -5 marks
subject to maximum 2 (Two) marks.
a ii) Total professional experience in handling major tunnelling 8
projects
<15 years – 0 marks
15 years – 6 marks
subject to maximum 2 (two) marks.
a iii) Experience in major tunnel construction/construction 10
supervision projects (Road/Rail/Metro)
Add 1.5 marks extra for each additional year of experience
b Experience in Similar Capacity
b i) Experience as Team Leader or similar capacity in 10
construction
supervision of major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) of
length equal to or more than 4 Km
5 years – 7 marks
b ii) Experience as Team Leader or similar capacity of project 10
Preparation/Design of tunnel projects(Road/Rail/Metro) of
length 4 Km or more
1 Project – 8 marks
Add 1 mark extra for each additional projects subject to
maximum 2 marks.
Page 42 of 264
projects assessed
Claimed for by the
self- bidder
assessment
b iii) Experience as Team Leader or similar capacity in 20
construction supervision of tunnels (Road/Rail/Metro) of
length 4 km or more
<2 project -0 marks
2 Projects – 15 marks
Add 1.25 mark extra for each additional projects subject to
maximum 5(five) marks.
C) Experience in project preparation/ design of major tunnel 5
projects apart from those under 2 (b) (ii)
(Road/Rail/Metro)
1 project -4 marks
2 or more -5 marks
<1 year- 0
1 year – 3 marks
maximum 2 marks
Total : 100
Note: As per RFP, Definition of Team Leader includes Project Manager/Resident Engineer/ or any
equivalent position.
** tunnel projects, unless specifically mentioned, to be considered for evaluation has to be major
tunnels of length equal to or more than 1.5 Km
3.11 Resident cum Tunnel Excavation Expert:

projects assessed
Claimed for by the
self- bidder
assessment
II) Post-Graduate or chartered engineer in civil/Mining 04
Total Experience
a i) <15 years – 0 15
Page 43 of 264
projects assessed
Claimed for by the
self- bidder
assessment
subject to maximum 3 (three) marks.
A ii) Total professional experience in handling major tunnelling 10
projects
< 10 years – 0
b i) Experience as Tunnel Excavation Expert or similar capacity 10
in construction supervision of major tunnelling projects
(Road/Rail/Metro)
< 7 years – 0
7 years – 7 marks
b ii) Experience as Tunnel Excavation Expert or similar capacity 20
in construction supervision of tunnel projects
(Road/Rail/Metro) of minimum length of 4 km (Minimum one
year supervision in a project)
< 2 projects – 0
2 projects – 15 marks
Add 2.5 marks extra for each additional projects subject to
5 (five) marks.
b iii) Experience in tunnel design/ DPR/ preparation / feasibility 10
study/design review involving major tunnel projects
(Road/Rail/Metro) of minimum length of 4 km (minimum 1
year experience in a project)
maximum 3 (three) marks
C) Experience in construction of major tunnel projects 5
(Road/Rail/Metro) apart from those under 2 (b) (ii)
maximum 2 (two) marks.
<1 year- 0
Page 44 of 264
projects assessed
Claimed for by the
self- bidder
assessment
1 year – 3 marks
maximum 2 marks
Total : 100
Note:- Max Age = 65 Years
** tunnel projects, unless specifically mentioned, has to be major tunnels of length equal to or
more than 1.5 Km to be considered for evaluation
3.12 TUNNEL DESIGN ENGINEER:

projects assessed
Claimed for by the
self- bidder
assessment
I) Graduate in Civil Engineering or equivalent 21
II) Post-Graduate in Engineering (Structural) 04
a i) <20 years – 0 15
A ii) Total Professional Experience in handling major Tunnel 10
projects
<12 years – 0
12 years- 7 marks
b i) Experience in tunnel design (Road/Rail/Metro) works in 10
similar capacity
<12 years – 0
b ii) Experience in similar capacity in Project Preparation/DPR 15
Page 45 of 264
projects assessed
Claimed for by the
self- bidder
assessment
involving design of tunnels (Road/Rail/Metro)of more than 4
km length (Min. 1 year experience in a project)
< 3 projects – 0
maximum 4 (four) marks.
b iii) Experience in similar capacity in construction/construction 10
supervision projects involving design/design review of
tunnels of more than 4 Km length (Min. 1 year experience in
project)
<2 projects – 0
maximum 3(three) marks.
c i) Experience in innovation tunnel design (Road/Rail/Metro) 5
like immersed tunnel and sub-sea bored tunnel 1 projects –
4 marks
2 or more projects -5 marks
c ii) Experience in design tunnel projects(Road/Rail/Metro) apart 5
from those under 2 (b) (ii)
2 or more projects – 5 marks
<1 year- 0
1 year – 3 marks
maximum 2 marks
Total : 100
Note: Max Age =65Years
3.13 TUNNEL SAFETY EXPERT

projects assessed
Claimed for by the
self- bidder
assessment
Page 46 of 264
projects assessed
Claimed for by the
self- bidder
assessment
II) Any professional Certification from a 04
recognized/statutory body on safety/health/shot firer
a i) <20 years – 0 15
A ii) Experience Tunnel (Road/Rail/Metro) Safety Works 15
<10 years – 0
a iii) International exposure in tunnel safety works in developed 10
countries
<7 years – 0
7 years – 7 marks
maximum 3 (three) marks.
b i) Experience in similar capacity of Tunnel Safety Audits 20
during construction stage of tunnel
projects(Road/Rail/Metro) of minimum length of 4 Km
< 2 projects – 0
maximum 5 (five) marks.
b ii) Experience in similar capacity of Tunnel Safety Audits in 10
design stage on tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro)
2 or more – 10 marks
C) Experience in construction of major tunnel projects 5
(Road/Rail/Metro) using
Page 47 of 264
projects assessed
Claimed for by the
self- bidder
assessment
maximum 2 (two) marks.
<1 year- 0
1 year – 3 marks
maximum 2 marks
Total : 100
Note: Max Age = 65 Years
** tunnel projects, unless specifically mentioned, has to be major tunnels of length equal to or more
than 1.5 Km to be considered for evaluation
Page 48 of 264
3.14 Senior Geotechnical Expert:
S. Description Max. Reference/ Marks

No. Points Details of self-
projects assessed
Claimed for by the
self- bidder
assessment
I) Graduate in Civil Engineering / Masters in 21

Engineering Geology or equivalent from a
recognized university
II) Post Graduate in Rock Mechanics /Foundation 04
Engineering/ Tunnel Engineering
a i) <20 years – 0 15
A ii) Experience in Construction/ Construction Supervision 10
of major tunnel projects(Road/Rail/Metro
< 10 years – 0
experience subject to maximum 3 (three) marks.
b i) Experience as Geotechnical engineer or similar 25

capacity in construction/ construction supervision of at
least 4 tunnel projects(Road/Rail/Metro) of length
equal to or more than 4 km
< 4 projects – 0
4 projects -17 marks
Add 2 mark extra for each additional project subject to
maximum 8 (eight) marks
b ii) Experience as Geotechnical engineer or similar 5
capacity in Construction/ Construction Supervision of
major tunnel projects involving vertical shaft sinking of
at least 200m vertical depth
Page 49 of 264
projects assessed
Claimed for by the
self- bidder
assessment
2 or more projects – 5 marks
B iii) Experience as Geotechnical engineer or similar 15

capacity in design/project preparation of tunnel
projects(Road/Rail/Metro) of at least 4 km length
< 2 projects – 0
Add 2 marks extra for each additional projects subject
to maximum 4 (four) marks.
<1 year- 0
1 year – 3 marks
maximum 2 marks
Total : 100
Note:- Max Age =65 Years

more than 1.5 Km to be considered for evaluation.
3.15 Senior GEOLOGIST:

projects assessed
Claimed for by the
self- bidder
assessment
I) Masters in Geology /Applied Geology from recognized 25
university.
a i) <<20 years – 0 20
Page 50 of 264
A ii) Experience in major Tunnel construction/construction 15
supervision Projects (Road/Rail/Metro) using NATM
technology
< 5 years – 0
Add 1.5 marks extra for each additional year subject to
b i) Experience in major Tunnel(Road/Rail/Metro) Construction 15
works in similar capacity
< 7 years – 0
b ii) Experience in similar capacity in project preparation/DPR 10
involving of major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro). (Min 1
year experience in a project)
<2 projects – 0
2 projects -7 marks
b iii) Experience in similar capacity in highway tunnel 10
construction/construction supervision with minimum length of
4 Km
< 2 projects – 0
<1 year- 0
1 year – 3 marks
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum
2 marks
Total : 100
Note: Max Age = 65 Years
Page 51 of 264
Note: applicable to all key personnel:
If a key personnel has worked in next lower category to the similar capacity, the marks
allotted to key personnel in the category ‘experience in similar capacity’ shall be reduced To
two thirds of marks in this category. This shall be applicable for evaluation of all key
personnel.
2. ** Similar projects means 2/4/6 lane as applicable for the project for which RFP is
invited. For 2-lane projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered with a multiplication
factor of 1.5. Experience of 4/6 lane shall be considered interchangeably for 4/6 laning
projects. For 4/6 laning projects, experience of 2 lane will be considered with a multiplication
factor of 0.4.
Page 52 of 264
SECTION 3: FORMATS FOR SUBMISSION OF FIRMS CREDENTIALS
The proposal should contain the following information in enclosed format attached at
Appendix A.
 Year of Establishment of Firm
 Average annual turnover (last three years)
Note: The Firm shall submit Certificate of Incorporation and audited balance sheet for the
last three years [FY 2018-2019, FY 2019-2020 and FY 2020-21]. For claiming
experience of Highway projects, completion certificate from employer should be
enclosed. The proposal should also contain the details of the key personnel viz. their
name, qualification, expertise area, experience and years of association with the firm.
Page 53 of 264
Appendix A
The following information related to the firm should be provided in the proposal.
i. Name of the package applied for:-
ii. Year of establishment of firm*
Consultant Year of Country Type of Organization
Establishment Individual Partnership Corporation Other
Individual / Lead
Partner (of JV)/
Minor Partner of
JV/Associate
NOTE:- Year of Establishment of Lead Partner of JV shall be considered.
*Copy of Certificate of incorporation shall be submitted.
iii. Office/ Business Address/Telephone nos. /Cable Address.
iv. Narrative description of firm (Not more than 2 sheets)
v. Name of two (2) principals who may be contacted with title and telephone
number/fax number/e-mail.
vi. Financial Statement of the last three years. **
Sl. No. Particular 2018-19 2019-20 2020-21
i. Annual turnover from Consulting business
ii. Total Assets
iii. Current Assets
Balance Sheet/ Auditor Certificate of last 3years 2018-19, 2019-20 and 2020-21
shall be submitted as evidence of Annual Turnover.
** a) The amount shall be stated in INR. (Consider 1US Dollar = Rs. 74 And 1 Euro
= Rs.89 ) (This will be the exchange rates as per Reserve Bank of India rounded off
to nearest Rupee applicable at the time of RFP invitation).
b) The currency conversion rate for the respective years shall be mentioned for
other International currencies.
vii. Experience as Authority Engineer/Independent Consultant/Construction
supervision of Highway projects, separately for PPP and non-PPP Projects during
the last 7 years. ***
S Projects Type of Description Client (with Total Fee Fee received %age of Approx. Period
No Name / Year Services of Highway complete for the by Applicant (in total fee Cost of
Sole rendered Project/ address, Consultancy case of received Highway
Consultant/ Length contact Assignment JV/Association) by the Project
Prime (kms) person, (INR) firm
Consultant of Telephone
JV / minor Nos. and
Authority’s Fax Nos.)
Engineer of
JV/ /as
associate
consultant
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
A. Completed / Substantially completed projects:
Page 54 of 264
S Projects Type of Description Client (with Total Fee Fee received %age of Approx. Period
No Name / Year Services of Highway complete for the by Applicant (in total fee Cost of
Sole rendered Project/ address, Consultancy case of received Highway
Consultant/ Length contact Assignment JV/Association) by the Project
Prime (kms) person, (INR) firm
Consultant of Telephone
JV / minor Nos. and
Authority’s Fax Nos.)
Engineer of
JV/ /as
associate
consultant
1.
2.
3.
B. Projects in progress:
1.
2.
3.
viii. Experience in DPR/ Feasibility Study cum Preliminary Design Report preparation of
2/4/6 laning / Bridge Highway Projects separately for the PPP and non-PPP projects
during the last 7 years. ***
S No Projects Name / Type Length Client Total Fee Fee received by %age of Period
Year of (with for the Applicant total fee
Sole of Project Complete Consultancy (in case of received
Consultant/ Services (kms) address, Assignment JV/Association) by the firm case of JV)
Prime Rendered contact (INR)
Consultant of JV / person,
minor Authority’s telephone
Engineer of JV/ /as Nos. and Fax
associate consultant Nos.)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
***a) 2/4/6 lane/Bridge work as applicable for the project for which RFP is invited. For 2-
lane projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered with a multiplication factor
of 1.5. Experience of 4/6 lane shall be considered interchangeably for 4/6 laning
projects. For 4/6 lane projects, experience of 2 lane will be considered with a
multiplication factor of 0.4, but only for those 2-lane projects whose cost of
consultancy services was more than Rs.3.0 crores. For standalone bridge projects,
experience in bridge work (either standalone project or as a part of road project) only
be considered.
b) Only those projects, to be included in the table which are Highways Projects and for
which clients certificates from the concerned Government agencies are enclosed with
the proposal.
c) The details of bridges having length more than 200m (500m in case the project
consist of bridges of length more than 500m) in the listed projects is to be
specifically mentioned.
d) The weightage given for experience of a firm would depend on the role of the firm in
the respective assignments. The firm’s experience would get full credit if it was the
Page 55 of 264
sole firm in the respective assignment. If the applicant firm has completed projects as
JV with some other firms, weightage shall be given as per the JV share***. However if
the applicant firm has executed the project as associate with some other firms, 25%
weightage shall be given to the applicant firm for the projects completed under such
association
e) For weightage of experience in any past Consultancy assignment, experience
certificate from the client shall be submitted. In absence of clear demarcation of JV
share in client certificate, the weightage will be treated as 60 % for lead partner and
40% for minor partner. Annual turnover duly certified by Chartered Accountant shall
be accepted. In case of non-availability of such documents no weightage of
turnover/experience will be considered.
(ix) Assignments on hand including those for which the Letter of Acceptance from the
clients received as on 7 days prior to due date for submission of proposals: The details
shall be given in the following format.
S. Name of Client Role of the firm Date of Date of Present Team Members provided by
No Assignment letter of Agreement status of the firm
Sole, Lead/ Acceptance if signed Assignment
Other in JV or
sub-consultant
Name DOB Position
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Key Personnel Number of key personnel employed

Sole Applicant JV (1)
(Lead Member
in case of JV)
Team Leader cum Senior Highway Engineer

Resident cum Highway Engineer
Bridge/Structural Engineer
Senior Pavement Specialist
Senior Quality cum Material Expert
Road Safety Expert
Page 56 of 264
SECTION 4: FORMAT FOR SUBMISSION OF TECHNICAL PROPOSAL
Appendix B-1 Technical proposal submission form.

Appendix B-2 Site Appreciation
Appendix B-3 Approach paper on methodology for performing the assignment
Appendix B-4 Facility for field investigation and testing
Appendix B-5 Composition of the Team and Task(s) of each Team member
Appendix B-6 Curriculum vitae of proposed Professional staff.
Appendix B-7 Time schedule for deployment of Professional staff
Appendix B-8 Activity (works) schedule.
Appendix B-9 Affidavit – Correctness of Experience claimed by the Firms
Appendix B-10 Integrity Pact
Page 57 of 264
APPENDIX B-1-Technical proposal submission form.
FROM (Name of Firm) To: (Name and Address of Client)
Ladies/Gentlemen:
Subject: Submission of Technical and Financial Proposal for engagement as Authority
Engineer for the EPC work.
We, the undersigned, offer to provide the consulting services for the above in accordance
with your Request for Proposal dated (Date), and our Proposal. We are hereby submitting our
Proposal, which includes this Technical Proposal and a Financial Proposal sealed under a
separate envelope for the above mentioned work.
My/Our registration No. on Infracon is ……. And my/our Infracon Team ID is …………….
Our Proposal is binding upon us. We understand you are not bound to accept any Proposal
you receive
We remain,
Yours sincerely,
Managing Director/Head of the firm/

Authorised Representative of the firm + *
Name of the firm
Address
*Lead Member in case of JV
Page 58 of 264
APPENDIX B-2: SITE APPRECIATION
Shall give details of site as per actual site visit and data provided in RFP and collected from
site supported by photographs to demonstrate that responsible personnel of the Authority’s
Engineer have actually visited the site and familiarized with the salient details/ complexities
and scope of services.
Page 59 of 264
APPENDIX B-3: APPROACH PAPER ON METHODOLOGY FOR PERFORMING THE
ASSIGNMENT
The approach and methodology will be detailed precisely under the following topics.
1) Methodology for services, surveying, road condition data collection and analysis [not
more than 2 pages]
2) Key challenges foreseen and proposed solutions in carrying out the assignment [not
more than 1page]
3) Quality Audit methodology including Quality Assurance Plan [not more than 6 pages]
Page 60 of 264
APPENDIX B-4 : FACILITY FOR FIELD INVESTIGATION AND TESTING
1. State whether applicant has in-house (created in house at site)/ outsourced/ not
available facility for
 Surface defects detection and roughness measurement using Network Survey
Vehicle
 Pavement strength measurement using FWD
 Bridge inspection using Mobile Bridge Inspection Unit
 Road signs inspection using Retro Reflectometer
2. In-case answer to 1 is available (created in house at site) a list of field investigation
and testing equipment is to be attached
3. In case answer to 1 is outsourced/not available – arrangements made or proposed to

be made for each of the above field investigations is to be attached
4. For experience in NSV, FWD, MBIU and reflectometer, references need to be provided
in the following format:
REFERENCES
Relevant Services Carried Which Best Illustrate Qualifications
The following information should be provided in the format below for each reference
assignment for which your firm, either individually as a corporate entity or as one of the
major companies within a consortium, was legally contracted by the client:
Assignment Name: Country:

Location within Country: Professional Staff Provided by your firm:
Name of Client : No. of Staff :
Address : No. of Staff Months :
Technology Used:
Start Date Completion Date Approx. Value of Services in INR/current USD):
(Month / Year) (Month / Year)
Name of JV/Association Firm(s)if any: No. of Months of Professional Staff provided by
Associated Firm(s)
Status of your Company in the Assignment i.e., Sole/Lead Member/Other Member/Associate
Narrative Description of Project :
Description of Actual Services Provided by your Company:
Signature of Authorised Representative

(Certificate from Employer regarding experience should be furnished)
Page 61 of 264
APPENDIX B-5: COMPOSITION OF THE TEAM PERSONNEL, AND TASK(S) OF
EACH TEAM MEMBER
2. Technical/Managerial Staff
Sl. No. Name Position Task
1
i. Support Staff
Sl. No. Name Position Task

1
Page 62 of 264
APPENDIX B-6 : FORMATOF CURRICULUM VITAE (CV) FOR PROPOSED
PROFESSIONALSTAFF
Proposed Position : ……………………………………………… Photograph
Name of Firm:........................................................................................
Name of Staff :........................................................................................
Profession :..............................................................................................
Date of Birth :
Years with Firm/Entity: ...........................................Nationality:.............................. Membership of
Professional Societies :.........................................................................
Detailed Task Assigned : Please attach printout of CV along with all the relevant details
uploaded on infracon portal.
Certification by the Candidate
I, the undersigned,(Name and Address) undertake that this CV correctly describes myself, my
qualifications and my experience and Employer would be at liberty to debar me if any
information given in the CV, in particular the Summary of Qualification & Experience vis-à-vis
the requirements as per TOR is found incorrect. I further undertake that I have neither been
debarred by Authority or any other central/stage government organization nor left any
assignment with the consultants engaged by Employer / contracting firm (firm to be
supervised now) for any continuing work of Employer without completing my assignment. I
will be available for the entire duration of the current project (named…..).If I leave this
assignment in the middle of the work, Employer would be at liberty to debar me from taking
any assignment in any of the Employer works for an appropriate period of time to be decided
by the Employer. I have no objection if my services are extended by the Employer for this
work in future.
I further undertake that my CV is being proposed for this project by --------- (the applicant
firm) and I have not given consent to any other consultant(s) to propose my CV for any
position for this project.
I further undertake that if due to my inability to work on this project due to unavoidable
circumstances, due to which consultant’s firm is forced to seek replacement. In such
unavoidable circumstances, I shall not undertake any employment in Employer projects
during the period of assignment of this project and Employer shall consider my CV invalid till
such time.
I undertake that I have no objection in uploading/hosting of my credentials by Employer in

public domain.
Page 63 of 264
For Key Personnel having intermittent inputs, add the following:
I further certify that I am associated with the following assignments as on date (as on 7 days
prior to due date for submission of proposal) including those for which LOA has been
received by the firm and the inputs in these assignments shall not effect the work of the
current assignment.
Name of Assignment Client Date of LOA Likely start Likely end Total input of the
(Month / Year) (Month / Year) person (man-
months)
………………………………………………………….. Date
(Signature of Key Personnel)
(Day/Month/Year)
The Authority’s Engineer should carryout self-evaluation based on the evaluation criteria at
Appendix-EC and furnish the same here. While submitting the self-evaluation along with bid,
Authority’s Engineer shall make references to the documents which have been relied upon in
his self-evaluation.
Certification by the firm
The undersigned on behalf of ----------( name of consulting firm) certify that Shri-------- (name
of proposed personnel) to the best of our knowledge has neither been debarred by Authority
or any other Central/State Government organization nor left his assignment with any other
consulting firm engaged by the Employer /Contracting firm(firm to be supervised now) for
the ongoing projects. We understand that if the information about leaving the past
assignment is known to the Employer, Employer would be at liberty to remove the personnel
from the present assignment and debar him for an appropriate period to be decided by the
Employer.
…………………………………………………………..Date : ……………… (Day/Month/Year)
[Signature of authorized representative of the Firm]
a) Deleted.
b) Deleted.
c) Deleted.
d) Deleted.
e) Deleted.
f) Deleted
Page 64 of 264
APPENDIXB-7: TIME SCHEDULE FOR PROFESSIONAL PERSONNEL
A. Activity Schedule
Sl. Name Position Month wise Program(in form of Bar Chart)

No. [1st, 2nd, etc. are months from the start of assignment]
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th and Number of
subsequent Months
year
1 Subtotal(1)
2 Subtotal(2)
3 Subtotal(3)
4 Subtotal(4)
- -
- -
Page 65 of 264
APPENDIXB-8 : ACTIVITY(WORKS)SCHEDULE
B. Activity Schedule
Month wise Program(information of Bar Chart)

[1st,2nd, etc. are months from the start of assignment]
Sr.No. Item of Activity (Works) 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th 7th 8th 9th 10th 11th 12th
1 ................................................
2 ................................................
3 ................................................
4 ................................................
- ................................................
- ................................................
C. Completion and Submission of Reports
Sr.No Reports : Programme Date)
1 Monthly reports
(Design and Construction)
2 Quarterly Reports
3 Various others reports as provided in the Concession Agreement such as

Completion Report
Page 66 of 264
APPENDIX B-9: AFFIDAVIT FOR CORRECTNESS OF CV OF KEY PERSONNEL AND
EXPERIENCE CLAIMED BY THE FIRMS
(To be submitted on non-judicial Stamp Paper)
I, the undersigned, on behalf of _______________________ (name of the Authority’s

Engineer submitting the proposal), do hereby certify that the details furnished in this
proposal including CV of key personnel and experience claimed by the firm/firms are true
and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.
Managing Director/Head of the Firm/

Authorised Representative of the firm*
Address
Page 67 of 264
APPENDIX B-10: INTEGRITY PACT
(To be executed on plain paper and submitted along with Technical Bid/Tender documents
for tenders having a value between Rs.5 Cr and 100 Cr. To be signed by the bidder and same
signatory competent/ authorized to sign the relevant contract on behalf of the Authority)
Tender No._________
This integrity Pact is made at _____ on this _________day of ________2018.
Between
MoRTH, hereinafter referred to as “The Principal”, which expression shall unless repugnant
to the meaning or contract thereof include its successors and permitted assigns.
And
___________________________________ hereinafter referred to as “The Bidder/Contractor

/Concessionaire/Consultant” and which expression shall unless repugnant to be meaning
or context thereof include its successors and permitted assigns.
Preamble
Whereas, the Principal intends to award, under laid down organizational procedures,
contract/s for “Authority Engineer Services for the project of ******in the State of ******
under NHDP Phase-**** on ****** mode”. The Principal values full compliance with all
relevant laws of the land, rules of land, regulations, economic use of resources and of
fairness/ transparency in its relations with its Bidder(s) and/ or
Contractor(s)/Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s).
And whereas to meet the purpose aforesaid, both the parties have agreed to enter into this
Integrity Pact (hereafter referred to as Integrity Pact) the terms and conditions of which shall
also be read as integral part and parcel of the Tender documents and contract between the
parties. Now, therefore, in consideration of mutual covenants stipulated in this pact, the
parties hereby agree as follows and this pact witnesses as under:-
Article-1 Commitments of the Principal
1. The Principal commits itself to take all measures necessary to prevent corruption and
to observe the following principles:-
a. No employee of the Principal, personally or through family members, will in

connection with the tender for, or the execution of a contract, demand, take a
promise for or accept, for self, or third person, any material of immaterial benefit
which the person is not legally entitled to.
b. The Principal will, during the tender process treat all Bidder(s) with equity and
reason. The Principal will in particular, before and during the tender process,
provide to all Bidder(s) the same information and will not provide to any
Page 68 of 264
Bidder(s) confidential/ additional information through which the Bidder(s) could
obtain an advantage in relation to the tender process or the contract execution.
c. The Principal will exclude all known prejudiced persons from the process, whose
conduct in the past has been of biased nature.
2. If the Principal obtains information on the conduct of any of its employees which is a
criminal offence under the IPC/PC Act or any other Statutory Acts or if there be a
substantive suspicion in this regard, the Principal will inform the Chief Vigilance
Officer and in addition can initiate disciplinary actions as per its internal laid down
Rules/Regulations.
Article – 2 Commitments of the Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/

Consultant(s).
The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) commit himself to take all

measures necessary to prevent corruption. He commits himself to observe the following
principles during his participation in the tender process and during the contract execution.
(a) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will not,

directly or through any other person or firm, offer, promise or give to any of
the Principal’s employees involved in the tender process or the execution of
the contract or to any third person any material or other benefit which he/she
is not legally entitled to, in order to obtain in exchange any advantage of any
kind whatsoever during the tender process or during the execution of the
contract.
(b) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will not enter
with other Bidders into any undisclosed agreement or understanding,
whether formal or informal. This applies in particular to prices, specifications,
certifications, subsidiary contracts, submission or non-submission or bids or
any other actions to restrict competitiveness or to introduce cartelization in
the bidding process.
(c) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will not
commit any offence under the relevant IPC/PC Act and other Statutory Acts;
further the Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will
not use improperly, for purposes of completion or personal gain, or pass on to
others, any information or document provided by the Principal as part of the
business relationship, regarding plans, technical proposals and business
details, including information contained or transmitted electronically.
(d) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) of foreign-
origin shall disclose the name and address of the Agents/ Representatives in
India, if any. Similarly the Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/
Consultant(s) of Indian Nationality shall furnish the name and address of the
foreign principle, if any.
(e) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will, when
presenting his bid, disclose any and all payments he has made, is committed to
Page 69 of 264
or intends to make to agents, brokers or any other intermediaries in
connection with the award of the contract. He shall also disclose the details of
services agreed upon for such payments.
(f) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will not
instigate third persons to commit offences outlined above or be an accessory
to such offences.
(g) The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) will not bring
any outside influence through any Govt. bodies/quarters directly or indirectly
on the bidding process in furtherance of his bid.
Article – 3 Disqualification from tender process and exclusion from future

contracts.
1. If the Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s), before award or

during execution has committed a transgression through a violation of any provision
of Article-2, above or in any other form such as to put his reliability or credibility in
question, the Principal is entitled to disqualify the Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/
Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) from the tender process.
2. If the Bidder/ Contractor/ Concessionaire/ Authority’s Engineer has committed a

transgression through a violation of Article-2 such as to put his reliability or
credibility into question, the Principal shall be entitled to exclude including blacklist
and put on holiday the Bidder/ Contractor/ Concessionaire/ Authority’s Engineer for
any future tenders/ contract award process. The imposition and duration of the
exclusion will be determined by the severity of the transgression. The severity will be
determined by the Principal taking into consideration the full facts and circumstances
of each case particularly taking into account the number of transgressions, the
position of the transgressors within the company hierarchy of the Bidder/
Contractor/ Concessionaire/ Authority’s Engineer and the amount of the damage. The
exclusion will be imposed for a minimum of 1 year.
3. A transgression is considered to have occurred if the Principal after due consideration

of the available evidence concludes that “On the basis of facts available there are no
material doubts”.
4. The Bidder/ Contractor/ Concessionaire/ Authority’s Engineer with its free consent
and without any influence agrees and undertakes to respect and uphold the
Principal’s absolute rights to resort to and impose such exclusion and further accepts
and undertakes not to challenge or question such exclusion on any ground, including
the lack of any hearing before the decision to resort to such exclusion is taken. This
undertaking is given freely and after obtaining independent legal advice.
5. The decision of the Principal to the effect that a breach of the provisions of this
Integrity Pact has been committed by the Bidder/ Contractor/ Concessionaire/
Authority’s Engineer shall be final and binding on the Bidder/ Contractor/
Concessionaire/ Consultant.
Page 70 of 264
6. On occurrence of any sanctions/ disqualification etc arising out from violation of
integrity pact, the Bidder/ Contractor/ Concessionaire/ Authority’s Engineer shall not
be entitled for any compensation on this account.
7. Subject to full satisfaction of the Principal, the exclusion of the Bidder/ Contractor/
Concessionaire/ Authority’s Engineer could be revoked by the Principal if the Bidder/
Contractor/ Concessionaire/ Authority’s Engineer can prove that he has restored/
recouped the damage caused by him and has installed a suitable corruption
prevention system in his organization.
Article – 4 Compensation for Damages.
1. If the Principal has disqualified the Bidder(s) from the tender process prior to the
award according to Arcticle-3, the Principal shall be entitled to forfeit the Earnest
Money Deposit/ Bid Security or demand and recover the damages equivalent to
Earnest Money Deposit/ Bid Security (equivalent to 1% of Contract Price) apart from
any other legal right that may have accrued to the Principal.
2. In addition to 1 above, the Principal shall be entitled to take recourse to the relevant
provisions of the contract related to Termination of Contract due to Contractor/
Concessionaire/Consultant’s Default. In such case, the Principal shall be entitled to
forfeit the Performance Bank Guarantee of the Contractor/ Concessionaire/
Authority’s Engineer and/ or demand and recover liquidated and all damages as per
the provisions of the contract/concession agreement against Termination.
Article – 5 Previous Transgression
1. The Bidder declares that no previous transgressions occurred in the last 3 years
immediately before signing of this Integrity Pact with any other Company in any
country conforming to the anti corruption/ Transparency International (TI)
approach or with any other Public Sector Enterprise/ Undertaking in India or any
Government Department in India that could justify his exclusion from the tender
process.
2. If the Bidder makes incorrect statement on this subject, he can be disqualified from
the tender process or action for his exclusion can be taken as mentioned under
Article-3 above for transgressions of Article-2 and shall be liable for compensation
for damages as per Article-4 above.
Article-6 Equal treatments of all Bidders/ Contractors/ Concessionaires/

Consultants/ Subcontractors.
1. The Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/ Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s) undertake(s) to

demand from all sub-contractors a commitment in conformity with this Integrity
Pact, and to submit it to the Principal before contract signing.
2. The Principal will enter into agreements with identical conditions as this one with all
Bidders/ Contractors/ Concessionaires/ Consultants and Subcontractors.
Page 71 of 264
3. The Principal will disqualify from the tender process all Bidders who do not sign this
Pact or violate its provisions.
Article – 7 Criminal charges against violating Bidder(s)/ Contractor(s)/

Concessionaire(s)/ Consultant(s)/ Sub-contractor(s).
If the Principal obtains knowledge of conduct of a Bidder/ Contractor/ Concessionaire/

Authority’s Engineer or Subcontractor, or of an employee or a representative or an associate
of a Bidder/ Contractor/ Concessionaire/ Authority’s Engineer or Subcontractor, which
constitutes corruption, or if the Principal has substantive suspicion in this regard, the
Principal will inform the same to the Chief Vigilance Officer.
Article – 8 Pact Duration
This Pact begins when both parties have legally signed it. (In case of EPC i.e. for projects
funded by Principal and consultancy services). It expires for the Contractor/ Authority’s
Engineer 12 months after his Defect Liability period is over or 12 months after his last
payment under the contract whichever is later and for all other unsuccessful Bidders 6
months after this Contract has been awarded. (In case of BOT Projects) It expires for the
concessionaire 24 months after his concession period is over and for all other unsuccessful
Bidders 6 months after this Contract has been awarded.
If any claim is made/ lodged during this time, the same shall be binding and continue to be
valid despite the lapse of this pact as specified above, unless it is discharged/ determined by
Authority.
Article – 10 Other Provisions.
1. This pact is subject to Indian Law. Place of performance and jurisdiction is the
Registered Office of the Principal, i.e. ........
2. Changes and supplements as well as termination notices need to be made in writing.
3. If the Bidder/Contractor/Concessionaire/Authority’s Engineer is a partnership or a

consortium, this pact must be signed by all partners or consortium members.
4. Should one or several provisions of this agreement turn out to be invalid, the
remainder of this agreement remains valid. In this case, the parties will strive to
come to an agreement to their original intentions.
5. Any disputes/ differences arising between the parties with regard to term of this
pact, any action taken by the Principal in accordance with this Pact or interpretation
thereof shall not be subject to any Arbitration.
6. The actions stipulated in this Integrity Pact are without prejudice to any other legal
action that may follow in accordance with the provisions of the extant law in force
relating to any civil or criminal proceedings.
Page 72 of 264
In witness whereof the parties have signed and executed this Pact at the place and date first
done mentioned in the presence of following witness:-
(For & On behalf of the Principal) (For & On behalf of the Bidder/
Contractor/ Concessionaire/ Authority’s
Engineer)
(Office Seal )
Place________
Date_________
Witness 1 :
(Name & Address):________________
Witness 2 :
(Name & Address): ________________
Page 73 of 264
Page 74 of 264
SECTION 5: FORMAT FOR SUBMISSION OF FINANCIAL PROPOSAL.
Appendix C-1 Financial proposal submission form
Appendix C-2 Summary of costs
Appendix C-3 Breakdown of costs
Page 75 of 264
APPENDIX C-1: FINANCIALPROPOSALSUBMISSIONFORM
FROM : (Name of Firm) TO :
Address of Employer
Subject :
We, the undersigned, offer to provide the consulting services for the above in accordance
with your Request for Proposal dated [Date], and our proposal. Our attached financial
proposal is for the sum of [Amount in words and figures]. This amount is exclusive of the
local taxes which we have estimated at (Amount in Words and Figures).
Our financial proposal shall be binding upon us upto the expiration of the validity period of
the proposal, i.e., [Date].
We undertake that, in competing for (and, if the award is made to us, in executing) the above
contract, we will strictly observe the laws against fraud and corruption in force in India
namely “Prevention of Corruption Act 1988”.
Commission and gratuities, if any, paid or to be paid by us to agents relating to this proposal
and contract execution, if we are awarded the contract, are listed below:
Name and Address Amount and Purpose of Commission

of Agents Currency or Gratuity
............................... ........................... ……..…………………
............................... ........................... ……………………….
We understand you are not bound to accept any proposal you receive.
We remain,
Yours
sincerely,
Managing Director/Head of the firm/

Authorised Representative of the firm*
Name of the firm
Address
Page 76 of 264
APPENDIX C-2: SUMMARY OF COSTS
No. Description Amount (Rs.)

I Remuneration for Local Professional Staff
II Supporting Staff
III Transportation
IV Duty Travel to Site
V Office Rent
VI Office Supplies, Utilities and Communication
VII Office Furniture and Equipment
VIII Reports and Document Printing
IX Road Survey Equipment
X Contingencies
Sub Total
Goods and Services Tax Payable in India
Total Costs (Including Tax)
Note: Payments will be made as per stipulations of the Conditions of Contract.
Page 77 of 264
APPENDIX C-3: BREAKDOWN OF LOCAL CURRENCY COSTS
II. REMUNERATION FOR LOCAL PROFESSIONAL STAFF
Normal Highway Project
For Project with Construction Period of 18 months
No. Position Name Construction Period 18 months + DLP

60 months
Rate No. of man- Amount
months*
Professional Staff
Team Leader cum Senior Highway
1.
Engineer
2. Resident cum Highway Engineer
3. Bridge/Structural Engineer
4. Senior Pavement Specialist
5. Senior Quality cum Material Expert
6. Road Safety Expert
Sub – Total
Sub-professional
1. Survey Engineer
2. Assistant Highway Engineer
3. CAD Expert
4. Environmental Engineer
5. Assistant Bridge Engineer
6. Assistant Quality cum Material Engineer
7. Electrical Engineer
8. HTMS/Toll Expert
9. Quantity Surveyor
10. Horticulture cum Landscaping Expert
Sub Total
Total
Page 78 of 264
For Project with Construction Period of 24 months

60 months
months*
Professional Staff
Team Leader cum Senior Highway
1.
Engineer
2. Resident cum Highway Engineer
4. Senior Pavement Specialist
Sub – Total
Sub-professional
1. Survey Engineer
2. Assistant Highway Engineer
3. CAD Expert
4. Environmental Engineer
5. Assistant Bridge Engineer
6. Assistant Quality cum Material Engineer
7. Electrical Engineer
8. HTMS/Toll Expert
9. Quantity Surveyor
10. Horticulture cum Landscaping Expert
Sub Total
Total
*The man-month against each key personnel/sub – professional shall be same as

specified in Enclosure A of TOR.
Page 79 of 264
For Standalone Bridge Project:

60 months
months*
Professional Staff
Team Leader cum Senior Bridge
1.
Engineer
2. Resident cum Pavement Specialist
4. Senior Contract Specialist
Sub – Total
Sub-professional
(To be decided by the Authority as per
requirement of the Project at the time of
preparation of RFP)
Sub Total
Total
For Standalone Tunnel Project:

60 months
months*
Professional Staff
Team Leader cum Senior Tunnel
1.
Expert
2. Resident Engineer cum Excavation Specialist
3. Senior Geotechnical Expert
4. Tunnel Design Engineer
5. Tunnel Safety Expert
6. Senior Geologist
7. Senior Contract Specialist
Sub – Total
Page 80 of 264
60 months
months*
Sub-professional
preparation of RFP)
Sub Total
Total
II. Support Staff
No. Position Name Staff Months Billing Amount( )

Rate()
1. Office Manager TBN
2. Accountant cum Cashier TBN
3. Steno cum Computer TBN
Operator
4. Office Boy (1 no) TBN
Total :
Note : Billing rates as indicated above shall be increased in accordance of clause 6.2(a)
Special Conditions of Contract for the personnel of all categories namely (i) key Personnel;
(ii) sub-Professional personnel and (iii) Support staff. The increase as above shall be payable
only on the remuneration part of Key Personnel, Sub-Professional Personnel and support
staff. However, for evaluation of Bid proposals, the quoted initial rate shall be multiplied by
the total time input for each position on this contract, i.e. without considering the increase in
the billing rates
III. Transportation (Fixed rate on rental basis)
The vehicles provided by the Consultants shall include the cost for rental, drivers, operation,
maintenance, repairs, insurance, etc. for all complete approx. 3000km/month run
Sr. No Description of Vehicles Qty. Total Rate/ Amount

(No. of vehicle-month) Vehicle-
During During Month
Constructi Development
on Period and O&M
Period
1 Innova Crysta or equivalent (not more
than 1 years old) (03 no.) 72 60 132
[1 no. for the Authority Engineer
Page 81 of 264
Consultancy purpose during
Construction period & O&M period and
2 nos. for the use of Regional Office,
Hyderabad, MoRTH during
construction period]
2 swift desire/indica or equivalent (not
24 60 84
more than 1 years old)(1 no. )
Total
IV. Duty Travel to Site (Fixed Costs) (For all Lengths of projects) :
Professional and Sub-Professional Staff
Trips Number of Trips Rate* Amount
* Rate quoted includes Hotel charges, travel cost etc. complete.
V. Office Rent (Fixed Costs)– Minimum 200 sqm area of office shall be
rented.
The rent cost includes electricity and water charges, maintenance, Cleaning, repairs, etc.
complete.
Nos. of Months Rate/month Amount

48
The rent cost includes electricity and water charges, maintenance, cleaning, repairs, etc.
complete.
VI. Office Supplies, Utilities and Communication (Fixed Costs)
No Item Months Monthly Amount in

Rate Rs.
1. Office Supplies
2. Drafting Supplies
3. Computer Running Costs
4. Domestic and International
Communication
VII. Office Furniture and Equipment (Rental)
The cost shall include rental charges towards all such furniture and equipment as required
for proper functioning of office. Office furniture shall include executive tables, chairs, visitor
chairs, steel almirahs, computer furniture, conference table etc. Office equipment shall
include as a minimum of telephone (2 external & 10 internal lines), photocopier (15ppm,
Page 82 of 264
12000 copies per month with A3 & A4 input) fax machine, PCs(5 No., Intel Core 2 Duo E8300,
19’’ colour TFT, Cache-6MB, RAM-2 GB, HDD-250 GB, DVD Writer, Key board, optical scroll
mouse, MS-Windows Vista Business, pre-loaded anti-virus etc.), laser printers (2 no., 14 ppm,
266 MHZ, 5000 pages per month, 600x600 dpi or better etc., Engineering Plan printer (1 no.),
binding machine (1 no.), plotter A0 size, overhead projector, AC (4 no., 1.5 Ton), Water
Coolers (as required)etc.
Nos. of Months Rate/month Amount
48
VIII. Reports and Document Printing
No. Description No. of No. of Total Rate per Amount

Reports Copies per Nos. of Copy ( )
Report copies
1 Monthly reports 84 3 252
(Design and Construction)
2 Half yearly Reports 8 3 24
3 Various others reports as provided
in the Concession Agreement such
as Completion Report
Total
IX. Road Survey Equipment
The cost shall include carrying out survey using equipment, manpower, software and report
processing.
Item Kms Rate per No of times Amount

km (INR) survey to be (INR)
conducted
Surface defects detection and roughness measurement 8
using Network Survey Vehicle
Pavement strength measurement using FWD 4
Bridge inspection using Mobile Bridge Inspection Unit 8
Road signs inspection using Retro Reflectometer 8
Total
X. Contingencies
A fixed amount of Indian Rupees ONE MILLION shall be included in the Financial Proposal.
The provisions of Contingency shall be operated with the specific approval from the
Competent Authority in Authority.
Page 83 of 264
Page 84 of 264
SECTION 6: TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR AUTHORITY’S ENGINEER
[Note: The term “Agreement” and clauses thereof refer to the EPC Agreement dated-----
- entered between Authority and --------(the Contractor) for the work of .............. from
km---- to ---- of NH No.------- in the State of -------------- on Engineering, Procurement and
Construction (EPC) basis].
1. Scope
1.1 These Terms of Reference (the “TOR”) for the Authority’s Engineer are being
specified pursuant to the EPC Agreement dated........... (the “Agreement”), which has
been entered into between the Authority and ............. (the “Contractor”) for [Two-
Laning] of the **** section (km ** to km**) of National Highway No. ** in the State of
*** on Engineering, Procurement, Construction (EPC) basis, and a copy of which is
annexed hereto and marked as Annex-A to form part of this TOR.
1.2 The TOR shall apply to construction and maintenance of the Project Highway.
2 Definitions and interpretation
2.1 The words and expressions beginning with or in capital letters and not defined herein
but defined in the Agreement shall have, unless repugnant to the context, the meaning
respectively assigned to them in the Agreement.
2.2 References to Articles, Clauses and Schedules in this TOR shall, except where the
context otherwise requires, be deemed to be reference to the Articles, Clauses and
Schedules of the Agreement, and references to Paragraphs shall be deemed to be
references to Paragraphs of this TOR.
2.3 The rules of interpretation stated in Clauses 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 of the Agreement shall
apply, mutatis mutandis, to this TOR.
3 General
3.1 The Authority’s Engineer shall discharge its duties in a fair, impartial and efficient
manner, consistent with the highest standards of professional integrity and Good
Industry Practice.
3.2 The Authority’s Engineer shall perform the duties and exercise the authority in
accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, but subject to obtaining prior
written approval of the Authority before determining.
(a) any Time Extension.

(b) Any additional cost to be paid by the Authority to the Contractor;
(c) The Termination Payment; or
(d) Any other matter which is not specified in (a), (b) or (c) above and which creates
an obligation or liability on either Party for a sum exceeding Rs. 5,000,000 (Rs.
Fifty lakh.)
Page 85 of 264
3.3 The Authority’s Engineer shall submit regular periodic reports, once every month, to
the Authority in respect of its duties and functions under this Agreement. Such
reports shall be submitted by the Authority’s Engineer within 10 (ten) days of the
beginning of every month.
3.4 The Authority’s Engineer shall inform the Contractor of any delegation of its duties
and responsibilities to its suitably qualified and experienced personnel; provided,
however, that it shall not delegate the authority to refer any matter for the Authority’s
prior approval in accordance with the provisions of Clause 18.2 EPC Agreement.
3.5 The Authority’s Engineer shall aid and advise the Authority on any proposal for
Change of Scope under Article 13.
3.6 In the event of any disagreement between the Parties regarding the meaning, scope
and nature of Good Industry Practice, as set forth in any provision of the Agreement,
the Authority’s Engineer shall specify such meaning, scope and nature by issuing a
reasoned written statement relying on good industry practice and authentic
literature.
4. Role and responsibility of Officers of the Authority
The officer in-charge of the Authority (e.g. PD/ RO/ CGM/ Member in the case of
NHAI; RO/CE/ADG in the case of MoRTH projects executed through the State PWDs;
and PD/ED/Director in the case of NHIDCL) is responsible for the overall supervision
and monitoring of the execution of project as the representative of the owner of the
project. The Authority's Engineer is appointed to assist the Authority for carrying out
the functions as detailed under clause 18.2 of the EPC Agreement. As such, an officer
of the Authority is vested with all such powers and responsibilities as are enjoined
upon the Authority's Engineer and is fully competent to issue any instructions for
proper monitoring and supervision of the project, either by himself or through the
Authority's Engineer. Instructions issued by the concerned officer of the Authority
shall have the same effect as that of the Authority's Engineer in terms of this
Agreement. Wherever such concerned officer issues any instructions or notice to the
Contractor, he shall endorse a copy thereof to the Authority's Engineer.
5 Construction Period
5.1 During the Construction Period, the Authority’s Engineer shall review and approve
the Drawings furnished by the Contractor along with supporting data, including the
geo-technical and hydrological investigations, characteristics of materials from
borrow areas and quarry sites, topographical surveys, and the recommendations of
the Safety Consultant in accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.1.6 of EPC
Agreement. The Authority’s Engineer shall complete such review and approve and
send its observations to the Authority and the Contractor within 15 (fifteen) days of
receipt of such Drawings; provided, however that in case of a Major Bridge or
Structure, the aforesaid period of 15 (fifteen) days may be extended upto 30 (thirty)
days. In particular, such comments shall specify the conformity or otherwise of such
Drawings with the Scope of the Project and Specifications and Standards.
Page 86 of 264
5.2 The Authority’s Engineer shall review and approve any revised Drawings sent to it by
the Contractor and furnish its comments within 10 (ten) days of receiving such
Drawings. The review/approval of drawing should be authenticated by Authority’s
Engineer.
5.3 Quality Assurance Manual and Plan forms the basis of quality of the work. It is
therefore essential that the Quality Assurance Manual and Plan prepared by the
Concessionaire be checked and approved. Thus, the Authority’s Engineer shall check
contents of Quality Assurance Plan and Manual of Concessionaire as per requirements
of Quality Management System (as per ISO 9001), IRC: SP: 47-1998 and IRC: SP: 57-
2000 for road bridges and roads respectively. The Authority’s Engineer Authority’s
Engineer shall also offer their comments for modifying/ improving the document.
After receiving the corrected document, the Authority’s Engineer shall review and
formally approve the QAM and Quality Plan and send one copy to the Authority. The
Authority’s Engineer shall complete the review of the methodology proposed to be
adopted by the Contractor for executing the Works, and convey its comments to the
Contractor within a period of 10 (ten) days from the date of receipt of the proposed
methodology from the Contractor.
5.4 The Authority’s Engineer shall grant written approval to the Contractor, where
necessary, for interruption and diversion of the flow of traffic in the existing lane(s) of
the Project Highway for purposes of maintenance during the Construction Period in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 10.4 EPC Agreement.
5.5 The Authority’s Engineer shall review the monthly progress report furnished by the
Contractor and send its comments thereon to the Authority and the contractor within
7 (seven) days of receipt of such report.
5.6 On a daily basis, the concerned key personnel of Authority Engineer shall inspect the
Construction Works. Following activities need to be undertaken during the visits.
 Review of construction including progress, quality and safety of construction

 Inspection of defects and deficiencies in construction works
 Witnessing quality inspection tests at labs established by Concessionaire on a
sample basis
Review of quality of work shall be done in reference to Quality Assurance Plan
(QAP)/Manual and ISO 9001:2008, IRC: SP: 47-1998 and IRC: SP: 57-2000 for road
bridges and roads respectively. The Authority’s Engineer also needs to capture
following documents and send to Authority field office via email on a daily basis
 Scanned copy of filled RFI (Request for Inspection) form including commentary on
‘Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory’ nature of work completed by Concessionaire
 Daily inspection report Proforma as provided in Annexure I
 Readings of quality inspection tests witnessed by the Consultant
 Minimum 6 high resolution photographs supporting the remarks made by the
Authority’s Engineer in RFI form
Page 87 of 264
Team Leader will be responsible for sending daily emails to Authority office
5.7 On a monthly basis, the Authority Engineer shall prepare a Monthly Inspection
Report in accordance with the format prescribed in Annexure V setting forth an
overview of the status, progress, quality and safety of construction, including the
work methodology adopted, the materials used and their sources, and conformity of
Construction Works with the Scope of the Project and the Specifications and
Standards. In a separate section of the Inspection Report, the Authority Engineer shall
describe in reasonable detail the lapses, defects or deficiencies observed by it in the
construction of the Project Highway. The Authority Engineer shall send a copy of its
Inspection Report to the Authority and the Concessionaire latest by 7th of every
month. Key sections of the Monthly Progress Report are as follows.
S No. Section Sub-Sections

1.1 Construction progress in current month
1.2 Summary of strip plan
1 Executive Summary
1.3 Detailed strip plan
1.4 Current issues and recommended actions by AE
2.1 Salient Features of the Project
2.2 Project Milestones
2 Project Overview
2.3 Location Map
2.4 Key Plan
Critical issues and Action 3.1 Pending issues and action log
3
log 3.2 Obligations as per contract
4 Physical Progress 4.1 Detailed physical progress by component
5.1 LA summary
5.2 LA detail by CALA
Land Acquisition and 5.3 LA detail by village
5
Clearances 5.4 Manpower with each CALA
5.5 Clearances summary
5.6 Status of utility shifting
6 Change of Scope 6.1 Status of pending COS proposals
7 Mobilization of Resources 7.1 Resource mobilization by contractor/ concessionaire
8.1 Pen picture- Escrow
8 Financial Progress Details
8.2 Escrow details
Summary of quality control 9.1 Tests witnessed by IE/AE
9
tests 9.2 Tests conducted by IE/AE
Monitoring of maintenance 10.1 Critical issues and action log
10 obligations during 10.2 Cumulative defects and deficiencies
construction phase 10.3 Status of damages
11.1 Pen picture on safety features at construction site
11 Safety features
11.2 Accident report
Annex 1: Detailed list of physical components as per
12 Annexures Schedule G
Annex 2 onwards: Additional details provided by AE
Page 88 of 264
5.8 If at any time during the Construction Period, the Authority Engineer determines that
the Concessionaire has not made adequate arrangements for the safety of workers
and Users in the zone of construction or that any work is being carried out in a
manner that threatens the safety of the workers and the Users, it shall make a
recommendation to the Authority forthwith, identifying the whole or part of the
Construction Works that should be suspended for ensuring safety in respect thereof.
5.9 The Authority’s Engineer shall conduct the pre-construction review of manufacturer’s
reports and standard samples of manufactured Materials, and such other Materials as
the Authority’s Engineer may require.
5.10 For determining that the Works conform to Specifications and Standards, the
Authority’s Engineer shall require the Contractor to carry out, or cause to be carried
out, tests at such time and frequency and in such manner as specified in the
Agreement and in accordance with Good Industry Practice for quality assurance. For
purposes of this, the tests specified in the IRC Special Publication-11 (Handbook of
Quality Control for Construction of Roads and Runways) and the Specifications for
Road and Bridge Works issued by MORT&H (the “Quality Control Manuals”) or any
modifications/substitution thereof shall be deemed to be tests conforming to Good
Industry Practice for quality assurance.
5.11 The Authority’s Engineer shall test check at least 60(sixty) percent of the quantity or
number of tests prescribed for each category or type of test for quality control by the
Contractor.
5.12 The timing of tests referred to in Paragraph 5.10, and the criteria for
acceptance/rejection of their results shall be determined by the Authority’s Engineer
in accordance with the Quality Control Manuals. The tests shall be undertaken on a
random sample basis and shall be in addition to, and independent of, the tests that
may be carried out by the Contractor for its own quality assurance in accordance with
Good Industry Practice.
5.13 In the event that results of any tests conducted under Clause 11.10 establish any
Defects or deficiencies in the Works, the Authority’s Engineer shall require the
Contractor to carry out remedial measures.
5.14 The Authority’s Engineer may instruct the Contractor to execute any work which is
urgently required for the safety of the Project Highway, whether because of an
accident, unforeseeable event or otherwise; provided that in case of any work
required on account of a Force Majeure Event, the provisions of Clause 21.6 of EPC
Agreement shall apply.
5.15 In the event that the Contractor fails to achieve any of the Project Milestones, the
Authority’s Engineer shall undertake a review of the progress of construction and
identify potential delays, if any. If the Authority’s Engineer shall determine that
completion of the Project Highway is not feasible within the time specified in the
Agreement, it shall require the Contractor to indicte within 15 (fifteen) days the steps
proposed to be take to expedite progress, and the period within which the Project
Completion Date shall be achieved. Upon receipt of a report from the Contractor, the
Page 89 of 264
Authority’s Engineer shall review the same and send its comments to the Authority
and the Contractor forthwith.
5.16 The Authority’s Engineer shall obtain from the Contractor a copy of all the
Contractor’s quality control records and documents before the Completion Certificate
is issued pursuant to Clause 12.2 of EPC Agreement.
5.17 Authority’s Engineer may recommend to the Authority suspension of the whole or
part of the Works if the work threatens the safety of the Users and pedestrians. After
the Contractor has carried out remedial measure, the Authority’s Engineer shall
inspect such remedial measures forthwith and make a report to the Authority
recommending whether or not the suspension hereunder may be revoked.
5.18 In the event that the Contractor carries out any remedial measures to secure the
safety of suspended works and users, and requires the Authority’s Engineer to inspect
such works, the Authority’s Engineer shall inspect the suspended works within 3
(three) days of receiving such notice, and make a report to the Authority forthwith,
recommending whether or not such suspension may be revoked by the Authority.
5.19 The Authority’s Engineer shall carry out, or cause to be carried out, all the Tests
specified in Schedule-K and issue a Completion Certificate or Provisional Certificate as
the case may be. For carrying out is functions under this Paragraph 4.18 and all
matters incidental thereto, the Authority’s Engineer shall act under and in accordance
with the provisions of Article 12 and Schedule-K. The Authority’s Engineer shall use
following equipment in carrying out the tests.
S No Key metrics of Asset Equipment to be used

1 Surface defects of pavement Network Survey Vehicle (NSV)
2 Roughness of pavement Laser Profilometer
3 Strength of pavement Falling Weight Reflectometer (FWD)
4 Bridges Mobile Bridge Inspection Unit (MBIU)
5 Road signs and road markings Retro-reflectometer
6 Maintenance Period
6.1 The Authority’s Engineer shall aid and advise the Contractor in the preparation of its
monthly Maintenance Programme and for this purpose carry out a joint monthly
inspection with Contractor.
6.2 The Authority’s Engineer shall undertake regular inspections, at least once every
month to evaluate compliance with the Maintenance Requirements and submit a
Maintenance Inspection Report to the Authority and the Contractor.
6.3 Visual Inspection of project highway
6.3.1 The Authority Engineer shall carry out visual inspection of entire highway stretch as
per the frequency defined in the following table
Page 90 of 264
Frequency of
Nature of defect or deficiency
inspection
ROADS
(a) Carriageway and paved shoulders
(i) Breach or blockade Daily
(ii) Pot holes Daily
(iii) Cracking Weekly
(iv) Rutting Weekly
(v) Bleeding/skidding Weekly
(vi) Ravelling/Stripping of bitumen surface Weekly
(vii) Damage to pavement edges Weekly
(viii) Removal of debris Daily
(b) Hard/earth shoulders, side slopes, drains and culverts
(i) Variation by more than 2% in the prescribed slope of camber/cross fall Weekly
(ii) Edge drop at shoulders Weekly
(iii) Variation by more than 15% in the prescribed side (embankment) slopes Weekly
(iv) Rain cuts/gullies in slope Weekly
Damage to or silting of culverts and side drains during and immediately
(v) Weekly
preceding the rainy season
(vi) Desilting of drains in urban/semi-urban areas Daily
(c) Road side furniture including road signs and pavement marking
Damage to shape or position;
(i) Daily
poor visibility or loss of retro-reflectivity
(d) Street lighting and telecom (ATMS)
(i) Any major failure of the system Daily
(ii) Faults and minor failures Daily
(iii) Streetlight with Lux Meter Weekly
(e) Trees and plantation
Obstruction in a minimum head-room of 5 m above carriageway or
(i) Daily
obstruction in visibility of road signs
(ii) Deterioration in health of trees and bushes Weekly
(iii) Replacement of trees and bushes Weekly
(iv) Removal of vegetation affecting sight line and road structures Weekly
(f ) Rest areas/Wayside amenities
(i) Cleaning of toilets Daily
(ii) Defects in electrical, water and sanitary installations Daily
(g) Toll plaza[s]
(i) Failure of toll collection equipment including ETC or lighting Daily
(ii) Damage to toll plaza Weekly
(h) Other Project Facilities and Approach roads
Damage or deterioration in Approach Roads, -[pedestrian facilities, truck
(i) lay-bys, bus-bays, bus- shelters, cattle crossings, Traffic Aid Posts, Daily
Medical Aid Posts and other works]
(j) Incident Management
Instances of Incident Management as reported including time of call,
(i) Daily
response time, services rendered and time of clearing of the Highway.
(ii) List of the Incident Management Services rendered. Weekly
Page 91 of 264
Frequency of
inspection
BRIDGES
(a) Superstructure of bridges
(i) Cracks Weekly
(ii) Spalling/scaling Weekly
(b) Foundations of bridges
(i) Scouring and/or cavitation Weekly
(c) Piers, abutments, return walls and wing walls of bridges
(i) Cracks and damages including settlement and tilting Weekly
(d) Bearings (metallic) of bridges
(i) Deformation Weekly
(e) Joints in bridges
(i) Loosening and malfunctioning of joints Weekly
(f) Other items relating to bridges
(i) Deforming of pads in elastomeric bearings Weekly
Gathering of dirt in bearings and joints; or clogging of spouts, weep holes
(ii) Weekly
and vent-holes
(iii) Damage or deterioration in parapets and handrails Weekly
(iv) Rain-cuts or erosion of banks of the side slopes of approaches Weekly
(v) Damage to wearing coat Weekly
Damage or deterioration in approach slabs, pitching, apron, toes, floor or
(vi) Weekly
guide bunds
(vii) Growth of vegetation affecting the structure or obstructing the waterway Weekly
6.3.2 All elements which have daily inspection frequency shall be inspected weekly as well.
Similarly, all elements which have weekly inspection frequency shall be inspected
monthly as well.
6.3.3 Daily inspection report format and weekly inspection report format has been
provided in Annexure II and III of this document respectively. Manpower which needs
to conduct visual inspection and mode of reporting is defined in the following table
Frequency of inspection Inspection to be carried out by Mode of reporting

Daily Sub-professional staff Soft copy by Email
Weekly Key personnel Soft copy by Email
Monthly Key personnel Hard copy and Soft copy
6.3.4 High resolution photographs and video of the highway stretches having defects
and/or deficiencies shall be submitted along with Weekly Inspection Report and
Monthly Status Report. Summary of key observations around defects and deficiencies
in highway stretch shall be reported in Monthly Progress Report and detailed
inspection report shall be provided as Annexure to Monthly Progress Report.
6.3.5 The Authority’s Engineer shall also be responsible for inspection and monitoring of
Wayside
Amenities. ETC (Electronic Toll Collection) and ATMS (Advanced Traffic Management
System) and incident management.
6.4 Road conditions surveys
Page 92 of 264
6.4.1 The carrying out of condition surveys will be one of the most important and crucial
field tasks under the project. The Authority Engineer shall carry out condition surveys
using equipment and following a frequency as defined under.
Frequency of condition
S No Key metrics of Asset Equipment to be used
survey
Surface defects of At least twice a year (As per
1 Network Survey Vehicle (NSV) survey months defined for the
pavement
state basis rainy season)
At least twice a year (As per
2 Roughness of pavement Laser Profilometer survey months defined for the
Falling Weight Reflectometer
3 Strength of pavement At least once a year
(FWD)
Mobile Bridge Inspection Unit
4 Bridges survey months defined for the
(MBIU)
5 Road signs Retro-reflectometer survey months defined for the
The first equipment based inspection shall be conducted at the time of completion testing.
The other inspections shall be conducted before and after the rainy seasons as per the
schedule defined in Annexure IV, except for FWD testing which shall be conducted once a
year.
Calibration of equipment, wherever needed, is required to be done in presence of Competent

Authority. Once approval of equipment, the settings and a sample data set is provided by
Competent Authority, network level data for entire project stretch can be collected. Month of
survey for each state has been defined in Annexure IV of this document.
6.4.2 Measurement of pavement surface defects and roughness
i. The Authority Engineer shall use Network Survey Vehicles mounted with
equipment such as Laser based automatic crack detection , high resolution digital
cameras for RoW and pavement, high accuracy DGPS receiver and in vehicle data
processing software or better technology to accurately measure following
pavement surface properties
Surface defect Dimensions to be reported
 Length
Cracking  Width
 Depth
 Area
Potholes
 Depth
 Indicator
Raveling  %
 Area
Rutting  Depth
Page 93 of 264
Surface defect Dimensions to be reported
 Width
Concrete Joint/ Faulting  Length
Roughness  IRI in both wheel paths
ii. The following criteria shall be met by the process of defects detection
 Measurement of 3D road profile using such technologies as laser scanning or
other proven technologies.
 Ability to operate (collect data) at different speeds with a minimum speed of
30km/hr and upto at least 75 km/ hr.
 Profile depth accuracy of 0.5mm
 Capability for lane tracking to control driver wander’ and ensure high
repeatability of data between surveys.
 Measure at least 3.5m width of highway lane.
 Transverse Profile including rut depth measurement of pavement surface
widths of both carriageway and shoulders. The rut depth data must be
convertible to different straightedge lengths (1.8m to 3.5m) and meet
industry standards (ASTM E1703 / E1703M).
 Pavement images with capability to automatically identify and rate distresses
 Roughness measurement with outputs of both raw longitudinal profiles and
International Roughness Index (IRI) calculation shall be reported at least
100m referenced to the preceding Location Reference Post (LRP). The
roughness must meet ASTM-E950 (equivalent to Class I road profiler). The IRI
shall be determined in both wheel paths.
 Ability to record images at user-defined intervals (e.g. every 5, 10m, etc.)
 Minimum images resolution of 1600x1200
 Outputs must include Standard JPEG image or similar industry standard
 Distance resolution of <1mm,
 Capable of achieving distance accuracy of 0.1% (i.e. within 1m over 1km
distance)
 All data outputs should be in a non-proprietary format (e.g. .CSV, .MDB, Excel)
and not require specialist software in order to view or format data
 Data should also be capable of being easily formatted into data compatible
with HDM-4
iii. The following are the set of deliverables which should be submitted after
completion of survey as part of Monthly Progress Report
 Raw data generated from the equipment which are part of Network Survey
covering the parameters mentioned in above table. It should also include
o Survey ID, Description, Date, Lane
o GPS referenced data for GIS mapping
 Video logging
o Pavement imagery (AVI/JPEG)
o 360 degree imagery (JPEG)
 Interpretation report covering summary of entire survey and analysis of
defects and deficiencies
Page 94 of 264
6.4.3 Measurement of pavement strength
(i) The Authority Engineer shall carry out structural strength surveys for existing
pavements using Falling Weight Deflectometer technique in accordance with the
procedure given in IRC:115-2014 (Guidelines for Structural Evaluation and
Strengthening of Flexible Road Pavements Using Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD)
Technique) and IRC: 117-2015 (Guidelines for the Structural Evaluation of Rigid
Pavement by Falling Weight Deflectometer)
(ii) The interval at which deflection measurements are to be taken up are as per IRC:115-
2014 / IRC:117-2015. For flexible pavements, the sample size and the interval of the
data to be collected depends on the length of the uniform section calculated and
condition of the pavement section i.e. ‘good’, ‘fair’ and ‘poor’ for each lane, established
on the pavement condition data based on the criterion given in IRC:115-2014. For
rigid pavements, the deflection data may be collected at interiors, corners, transverse
joints and longitudinal joints in the outer lanes at intervals as specified in IRC:117-
2015.
(iii) The following are the set of deliverables which should be submitted after completion
of inspection test as part of Monthly Progress Report
 Data report covering following parameters

o Deflection Bowl (Transient Deflections at seven different points)
o Corrected Elastic Modulus Bituminous E1
o Corrected Elastic Modulus Granular E2
o Corrected Elastic Modulus Subgrade E3
o Subgrade CBR
 Interpretation report covering summary of entire survey results and analysis
of key parameters
6.4.4 The Authority Engineer shall carry out the condition and structural assessment
survey of the bridges in accordance with IRC-SP; 35 with the use of Mobile Bridge
Inspection unit (MBIU) or better technology.
(i) The following criteria shall be met by the process of bridge condition assessment
 Automatic folding and unfolding of platform

 90 degree rotation of platform
 Sufficient safety features to be incorporated such as dedicated power supply,
emergency cut off system, etc
 Complete access to hidden parts of the bridge by the raters
(ii) Detailed bridge inspection report shall be submitted as per the Inspection Proforma
provided in IRC-SP 35
6.4.5 Measurement of retroreflection of road signs
Page 95 of 264
(i) The Authority Engineer shall measure Coefficient of retro reflected luminance RA
(night time retro reflection) of road traffic signs using a portable retro reflectometer.
(ii) The following criteria shall be met by the process of road signs retro reflection
measurement
 Measurement of retro reflective signs shall be conducted in accordance with

ASTM E1709 and ASTM E2540
 Measurement time after pressing trigger shall be less than or equal to 1 sec
 Observation angle adjustment from 0.2 degrees to 2.0 degrees
 Entrance angle adjustment from -45 degrees to +45 degrees
 Self-contained commercially available battery
 Inbuilt data storage of at least 2,000 measurements so that data transfer
requirement is minimized while the survey is being conducted
 Interface for transferring data from device to Computer
 Built in GPS to capture GPS coordinates of road sign
 Range shall be at least 0-2000 cd/lx/m2
(iii) The following are the set of deliverables which should be submitted after completion
of survey as part of Monthly Progress Report
 System generated coefficient of retro reflected luminance RA (nighttime retro

reflection) of all road signs
 Interpretation report covering analysis of road signs falling in different range of
RA and actions to be taken
6.5 The Authority Engineer shall carry out following inspections of ETC lanes at toll
plazas on a month basis:
(i) Infrastructure:
 Availability of civil infrastructure at toll plazas required for installation of ETC systems
 Adequacy of hardware, software and other related items as per IHMCL/ Authority
technical specifications and requirements
(ii) Operations:
 Adherence of various stakeholders (acquirer bank, system integrator, toll operator,

issuer bank etc) of the ETC system to the service level agreements
 Efficacy of the ETC system (RFID tagging, AVC, WIM etc) in terms of accuracy and
uptime
 Tracking and reporting toll plaza experience metrics such as average waiting time,
transaction times for different modes of payment (RFID, cash, smart cards, QR codes
etc) and congestion levels (eg. length of queue in different lanes) across 4 different
times in a day
Page 96 of 264
 Robustness of dispute resolution mechanisms in place for the tag holder and toll
operators by the issuer and acquirer banks
6.6 The Authority Engineer shall prepare a Monthly Status Report in O&M phase of
project in respect of its duties and functions under this Agreement and in accordance
with the format prescribed in Annexure VI. 1st deliverable of the report which is an
executive summary to the main report (Section 1) shall be submitted to the Authority
and updated on the PMIS and project specific website by 4th of every month. Main
report (Section 2 onwards) shall be submitted to the Authority and updated on the
PMIS and project specific website by 7th of every month. Key sections of the Monthly
Status Report are as follows;
S.No Sections Sub sections

1.1 Overall road condition
1.2 Key reporting metrics
1.3 Key maintenance activities undertaken
1 Executive Summary
1.4 Pending issues
1.5 Recommended actions by AE
1.6 Strip plan for maintenance
2.1 Key project details
2.2 Location map
2 Project Overview 2.3 Key plan
2.4 Summary of project features
2.5 RoW availability
3.1 Issue and action log
Critical issues and action 3.2 Summary of deficiencies
3
taken 3.3 Obligations as per contract
3.4 Inspection schedule
4.1 Summary of NCR issued
4 Monthly Inspection Report
4.2 Equipment based inspection report
5.1 Monthly ETC Report
5 Monitoring of ETC Lanes 5.2 On-ground infrastructure report
5.3 On ground ETC operations & SLA adherence
6.1 Damages for non completion of project facilities
6 Status of damages 6.2 Damages for breach of maintenance activities
6.3 Damages for non completion of major maintenance
works
7 Change of Scope proposals 7.1 Change of Scope proposals
8 Status of pending disputes 8.1 Status of pending disputes
9.1 Toll collection statement
9.2 Accident Report
9 Reports
9.3 Details of user complaints
9.4 Encroachment list
Page 97 of 264
S.No Sections Sub sections
9.5 Lane closure report
Annex I- Detailed visual inspection report of project
10 Annexures highway
Annex II onwards- Additional details provided by AE
6.7 The Authority’s Engineer shall specify the tests, if any, that the Contractor shall carry
out, or cause to be carried out, for the purpose of determining that the Project
Highway is in conformity with the Maintenance Requirements. It shall monitor and
review the results of such tests and remedial measures, if any, taken by the Contractor
in this behalf.
6.8 In respect of any defect or deficiency referred to in Paragraph 3 of Schedule-E, the

Authority’s Engineer shall, in conformity with Good Industry Practice, specify the
permissible limit of deviation or deterioration with reference to the Specifications
and Standards and shall also specify the time limit for repair or rectification of any
deviation or deterioration beyond the permissible limit.
6.9 The Authority’s Engineer shall examine the request of the Contractor for closure of
any lane (s) of the Project Highway for undertakings maintenance/repair thereof, and
shall grant permission with such modifications, as it may deem necessary, within 5
(five) days of receiving a request from the Contractor. Upon expiry of the permitted
period of closure, the Authority’s Engineer shall monitor the reopening of such lane
(s), and in case of delay, determine the Damages payable by the Contractor to the
Authority under Clause 14.5 of EPC Agreement
7 Determination of costs and time
7.1 The Authority’s Engineer shall determine the costs, and/or their reasonableness, that
are required to be determined by it under the Agreement.
7.2 The Authority’s Engineer shall determine the period of Time Extension that is
required to be determined by it under the Agreement.
7.3 The Authority’s Engineer shall consult each Party in every case of determination in
accordance with the provisions of Clause 18.5 of EPC Agreement.
8 Payments
8.1 The Authority’s Engineer shall withhold payments for the affected works for which
the Contractor fails to revise and resubmit the Drawings to the Authority’s Engineer
in accordance with the provision of Clause 10.2.4 (d) of EPC Agreement.
8.2 Authority’s Engineer shall
(a) within 10 (ten) days of receipt of the Stage Payment Statement from the
Contractor pursuant to Clause 19.4, determine the amount due to the
Contractor and recommend the release of 90 (ninety) percent of the amount
Page 98 of 264
so determined as part payment, pending issue of the Interim Payment
Certificate; and
(b) within 15 (fifteen) days of the receipt of the Stage Payment Statement
referred to in Clause 19.4, deliver to the Authority and the Contractor an
Interim Payment Certificate certifying the amount due and payable to the
Contractor, after adjustments in accordance with the provisions of Clause
19.10 of EPC Agreement.
7.3 The Authority’s Engineer shall, within 15 (fifteen) days of receipt of the First stage
Maintenance Payment Statement from the Contractor pursuant to Clause 19.6 of EPC
Agreement, verify the Contractor’s statement and certify the amount to be paid to the
Contractor in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement.
7.4 The Authority’s Engineer shall certify final payment with 30 (thirty) days of the
receipt of the final payment statement of Maintenance in accordance with the
provisions of Clause 19.16 of EPC Agreement.
9 Other duties and functions
The Authority’s Engineer shall perform all other duties and functions as specified in
the Agreement.
10 Miscellaneous
10.1 All key personnel and sub professional staff of the Authority Engineer shall use the
fingerprint based (biometric) attendance system for marking their daily attendance.
Attendance shall be marked at least once a day and anytime during the day. 1
Biometric Attendance System shall be installed by the Authority Engineer at its own
cost at the site office in order to facilitate the attendance marking. More systems can
be installed near the project highway upto a maximum of 1 system per 50 km in order
to encourage frequent visits of project highway by key personnel and sub
professional staff. A copy of monthly attendance records shall be attached with
Monthly Status Report. Proper justification shall be provided for cases of absence of
key personnel/ sub professional staff which do not have prior approval from Project
Director of concerned stretch
10.2 A copy of all communications, comments, instructions, Drawings or Documents sent

by the Authority’s Engineer to the Contractor pursuant to this TOR, and a copy of all
the test results with comments of the Authority’s Engineer thereon, shall be furnished
by the Authority’s Engineer to the Authority forthwith.
10.3 The Authority’s Engineer shall retain at least one copy each of all Drawings and
Documents received by it, including ‘as – built’ Drawings and keep them in its safe
custody.
10.4 Within 90 (ninety) days of the Project Completion Date, the Authority’s Engineer shall
obtain a complete set of as built Drawings in 2 (two) hard copies and in micro film
form or in such other medium as may be acceptable to the Authority, reflecting the
Project Highway as actually designed, engineered and constructed, including an as-
Page 99 of 264
built survey illustrating the layout of the Project Highway and setback lines, if any, of
the buildings and structures forming part of project Facilities; and shall hand them
over to the Authority against receipt thereof.
10.5 The Authority’s Engineer, if called upon by the Authority or the Contractor or both,
shall mediate and assist the Parties in arriving at an amicable settlement of any
Dispute between the Parties.
10.6 The Authority’s Engineer shall inform the Authority and the Contractor of any event
of Contractor’s Default within one week of its occurrence.
11. PERFORMANCE CLAUSE
Authority’s Engineers shall be expected to fully comply with all the provisions of the
`Terms of Reference’, and shall be fully responsible for supervising the Designs,
Construction and maintenance and operation of the facility takes place in accordance
with the provisions of the EPC Agreement and other schedules. Any failure of the
Authority Engineer in notifying to Employer and the Contractor on non-compliance of
the provisions of the EPC Contract Agreement and other schedules by the EPC
Contractor, non-adherence to the provision of ToR and non-adherence to the time
schedule prescribed under ToR shall amount to non-performance.
The Authority Engineer shall appoint its authorized representative, who shall issue on
behalf of the AE, Completion Certificate along with the Team Leader and shall carry
out any such task as may be decided by Employer. The AE shall take prior approval of
Employer before issuing Completion Certificate. The proposal submitted shall also
include the name of the authorized representative along with the authorization letter
and power of attorney.
12. CONSULTANT’S PROPOSAL
12.1 List of key personnel to be fielded by the Consultants shall be as below:
Normal Highway Project:
i. Team Leader Cum Senior Highway Engineer

ii. Resident cum Highway Engineer
iii. Senior Quantity cum Material Expert
iv. Bridge/Structural Engineer
v. Senior Pavement Specialist
vi. Road Safety Expert
Standalone Bridge Project:
i. Team Leader Cum Senior Highway Engineer

ii. Resident cum Pavement Specialist
iii. Bridge/Structural Engineer
iv. Senior Contract Specialist
v. Senior Quantity cum Material Expert
Page 100 of 264

vi. Road Safety Expert
Standalone Tunnel Project:
i. Team Leader Cum Senior Tunnel Expert

ii. Resident cum Excavation Specialist
iii. Senior Geotechnical Expert
iv. Tunnel Design Engineer
v. Tunnel Safety Expert
vi. Senior Contract Specialist
vii. Senior Geologist
12.2 Broad job-description and minimum qualification for key personnel mentioned above
is enclosed as Enclosure–B. However, higher marks shall be accorded to the
Candidate with higher relevant qualification and experience. All the CV’s of the
personals mentioned in Para5.3 (iii) of Data Sheet shall be evaluated at the time of
evaluation of technical proposal. The age of the Key Personnel should not be more
than 65 years on the date of submission of proposal. Consultants are advised in
their own interest to frame the technical proposal in an objective manner as far as
possible so that these could be properly assessed in respect of points to be given as
part of evaluation criteria. The bio-data of the key personnel should be signed on
every sheet by the personnel concerned and the last sheet of each bio-data should
also be signed by the authorised signatory for the Consultant. The key personnel shall
also certify at the end of their bio-data proforma that they have not left any of the
Employer works without completing of their assignment and have not accepted any
other offer at the time of signing of the bio-data and as such shall be available to work
with the Authority Engineer, if the Project is awarded. In case the key personnel
leaves the assignment without approval of Employer, Employer would beat liberty
to take any appropriate action against that key personnel including debarment. The
CV submitted by selected firm/JV shall be hoisted on official website of Employer.
12.3 In addition to above, consultants are required to propose other key personnel, sub-
professional staff and other field engineers as detailed in Enclosure-A and the
minimum qualification requirements for the same is enclosed in Enclosure–B.
Page 101 of 264

13. PERIOD OF SERVICES
13.1 The services of an Authority’s Engineer will be in phases as per Contract

Agreement.
13.1.1 The appointment of the Authority’s Engineer shall initially be as per details given
below.
Period of service (in Construction period Maintenance/ DLP Period

months) (in months) (in months)
Construction Period 60
____
+ 60 Months
The proposed manpower deployment for this period shall be matching the activities
to be performed during the said period. The time frame for services during the
deployment of key personnel during this period shall be as shown in Enclosure A.
14. Project Coordinator
The Firm shall appoint a personnel from its head office to act as Project Coordinator
for the assignment. He will be authorised to communicate with the Authority in
respect of all matters pertaining to the project. The cost of the Project Coordinator
shall be incidental to the Consultancy Assignment.
Page 102 of 264

Enclosure-A
MAN MONTHS INPUT FOR KEY PROFESSIONAL STAFF
AUTHORITY ENGINEER

(For project with construction period of 18 months)
S. No. Key Personnel Man-month in Man-month in

Construction Defect Liability
Period of 18 Period of 60
A: Key Personnel months months
Team Leader Cum Senior Highway Engineer 18 15
Resident cum Highway Engineer 18 60
Bridge/Structural Engineer 18 10
Senior Pavement Specialist 18 0
Senior Quality cum Material Expert 18 0
Road Safety Expert 6 10
Sub Total 96 95
Total for Construction and Maintenance 191
B: Sub Professional Staff
Survey Engineer 18 10
Assistant Highway Engineer 2 x 18 1 X 60
(2 nos)
CAD Expert 4 4
Environmental Engineer 4 0
Assistant Bridge Engineer 18 0
Assistant Quality cum Material Engineer (2 nos) 2 x 18 0
Electrical Engineer 4 3
HTMS/Toll Expert 2 0
Quantity Surveyor 18 8
Horticulture cum Landscaping Expert 6 18
Sub Total 146 103
Grand Total 440
Note:
1. The other inputs like support staff shall be provided by the Consultant of an acceptable type
commensurate with the roles and responsibilities of each position
2. In case of project having different construction period, Man Month Input shall be adjusted
proportionately
3. The Financial Expert or Legal expert or Contract Specialist may be required for the project for
specific needs. Their deployment shall be arranged by the Consultant on specific requisition
from the Authority and the payment shall be made as per the actual deployment. The Financial
Page 103 of 264

Expert or Legal expert or Contract Specialist shall be paid at the rates quoted for Senior
Pavement Specialist.
MAN - MONTHS INPUT FOR KEY PROFESSIONAL STAFF

AUTHORITY ENGINEER

(For project with construction period of 24 months)
S. No. Key Personnel Man-month in Man-month in Defect

Construction period Liability Period of 60
of 24 months months
A: Key Personnel
Team Leader Cum Senior Highway Engineer 24 15
Resident cum Highway Engineer 24 60
Bridge/Structural Engineer 24 15
Senior Pavement Specialist 24 0
Senior Quality cum Material Expert 24 0
Road Safety Expert 8 15
Sub Total 128 105
Survey Engineer (2 nos) 2x24 1x10
Assistant Highway Engineer 3x24 1x60
(3 nos)
CAD Expert 8 4
Environmental Engineer 6 0
Assistant Bridge Engineer (2 nos) 2 x 24 0
Assistant Quality cum Material Engineer (3 nos) 3 x 24 0
Electrical Engineer 4 3
HTMS/Toll Expert 3 0
Quantity Surveyor 24 8
Horticulture cum Landscaping Expert 8 28
Sub Total 293 113
Grand Total 639
Note:
1. The other inputs like support staff shall be provided by the Consultant of an acceptable type
commensurate with the roles and responsibilities of each position
2. In case of project having different construction period, Man Month Input shall be adjusted
proportionately
3. The Financial Expert or Legal expert or Contract Specialist may be required for the project for
specific needs. Their deployment shall be arranged by the Consultant on specific requisition
from the Authority and the payment shall be made as per the actual deployment. The Financial
Expert or Legal expert or Contract Specialist shall be paid at the rates quoted for Senior
Pavement Specialist.
Page 104 of 264

AUTHORITY ENGINEER
Standalone Bridge Project
S. No. Key Personnel Man-month in Defect

Man-month in Construction
Liability Period of 60
period of 36 months
A: Key Personnel months
1. Team Leader Cum Senior Bridge 36 15
Engineer
2. Resident cum Pavement Specialist 36 60
3. Bridge/Structural Engineer 36 15
4. Senior Contract Specialist 10 0
5. Senior Quality cum Material Expert 36 0
6. Road Safety Expert 12 10
Sub Total 166 100
266
Total for Construction and
Maintenance
preparation of RFP)
(a)
(b)
(c)
Sub Total
Total for Construction and
Maintenance
Grand Total
Page 105 of 264

AUTHORITY ENGINEER
Standalone Tunnel Project
Man-month in Man-month in
S. No. Key Personnel Construction Defect Liability
period of 60 Period of 60
A: Key Personnel months months
1. Team Leader Cum Senior Tunnel Expert 60 15
2. Resident cum Excavation Specialist 60 60
3. Senior Geotechnical Expert 60 0
4. Tunnel Design Engineer 60 0
5. Tunnel Safety Expert 60 5
6. Senior Contract Specialist 10 0
7. Senior Geologist 20 0
Sub Total 330 80
(To be decided by the Authority as per requirement of the Project at the
time of preparation of RFP)
(a)
(b)
(c)
Sub Total
Total for Construction and Maintenance
Grand Total
Page 106 of 264

Enclosure-B
QUALIFICATION OF KEY PERSONNEL
TEAM LEADER CUM SENIOR HIGHWAY ENGINEER

This is the senior most position and the expert engaged as the team leader shall be
responsible for reviewing the entire Project preparation and implementation activities of the
Concessionaire. He shall check all the Designs being prepared by the Concessionaire, ensure
execution of works on site as per specification and standards, and continuously interact with
the Authority and the Concessionaire. He shall undertake Project site visits and shall guide,
supervise, coordinate and monitor the work of other experts in his team as well as those of
the Concessionaire. The candidate is required to be a Senior Highway Engineer, who should
have a proven record of supervising, organising and managing of construction of highway
projects and also of Project preparation of large magnitudes projects, as defined below,
financed by international lending agencies and others. Knowledge of Project management
shall be an added advantage.
He should have the following qualification / experience.
1. Essential Qualifications.
a) Graduate in Civil Engineering from recognized university.
b) Total Professional Experience of at least 12 years in handling Highway Projects.
c) At least 5 years experience as Team Leader/Project Manager or similar capacity in
Highway Development Project.
d) He should have handled as Team Leader/Project Manager or similar capacity of at
least two projects in Construction Supervision / IC (of length 40% of project length
e) He should have handled as Team Leader or similar capacity of at least two Projects of
project Preparation of major highway Project (of length 40% of project length or
more of similar configuration (2/4/6 laning**).
f) Experience as Team Leader/Project Manager or similar capacity in Operation and
Maintenance of Major Highway Projects(of length 40% of project length or more of
similar configuration (2/4/6 laning**).
2. Preferential Qualifications.
a) Post Graduate Degree in Construction Management/Transportation/Highway
Engineering//Structural Engineering/ any specialised stream of Civil Engineering.
b) Highway Development Projects (of length 40% of project length or more of similar
configuration (2/4/6 laning**) taken up under EPC.
c) Degree/Diploma/Certificate in Project Management
Note: (1) Similar Capacity includes the following positions
i. On behalf of Consultant: Team Leader / Resident Engineer (Construction
Supervision/IE/AE).
Page 107 of 264

ii. On behalf of Contractor : Project Manager (Construction/ Construction
Supervision)
iii. In Government Organizations : Superintending Engineer (or equivalent) and
above
(2) Only those projects will be considered for evaluation at Sl. No. 1(d), 1(e) & 1(f)
above, where the input of the personnel is 12 months, 9 months and 12 months respectively.
RESIDENT CUM HIGHWAY ENGINEER
The Resident cum Highway Engineer shall be responsible for supervising the works of
highway to be constructed by the Concessionaire for this project. He shall also inspect the
pavement rehabilitation and repair works to be undertaken by the Concessionaire.
a) Graduate in Civil Engineering from a recognized University.
b) Professional Experience of at least 12 years in Highway Projects.
c) At least 5 years experience in similar capacity in Highway Development Project.
d) Should have handled at least 2 major projects(of length 40% of project length or
more of similar configuration (2/4/6 laning**) and above).
a) Post Graduate Degree in Transportation/Highway Engineering/Structural
Engineering/Geotechnical Engineering/any specialised stream of Civil Engineering.
b) Experience of Highway Project (of length 40% of project length or more of similar
configuration (2/4/6 laning**) and above) of Construction / Construction
Supervision / IC of Highway projects
BRIDGE & STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
The Bridge& Structural Engineer shall be responsible for checking the designs of bridges,
ROBs, interchanges and any other structure to be constructed in the Project highway and
supervising the works of bridges, interchanges and any other structure to be constructed by
the Concessionaire for this project. He shall also inspect the bridge rehabilitation and repair
works to be undertaken by the Concessionaire. He should have thorough understanding and
experience with international `best practices’ of modern bridge construction technology.
b) Professional Experience of at least 10 years in handling Highway/Bridge projects.
c) At least 5 years experience in Construction / Construction Supervision of bridge /
interchange / any other structures.
Page 108 of 264

d) Experience in similar capacity in supervision of at least 2 Major Highway Bridges.
e) Experience in supervision of Rehabilitation and repair of 2 nos Major Bridges.
a) Post Graduate Degree in Structural Engineering.
b) He should have thorough understanding and experience of modern bridge
construction technology. viz., Precast Segmental, Balanced Cantilever Construction,
Extradosed Bridge, Full Span Launching, Incremental Launching.
SENIOR PAVEMENT SPECIALIST
The expert shall be continuously interacting with the Concessionaire, for the review of
highway designs and drawings using sophisticated computer software and also construction
and O&M works and to ensure life cycle cost effectiveness and viable design of pavement
including appropriate rehabilitation / strengthening of the existing two lane pavement
which is significantly distressed. He shall also be responsible for ensuring complete
adherence to maintenance standards during Construction and Operation period. Thus, the
position requires a pavement specialist with thorough knowledge and understanding of
international ‘best practices’ in the field of Design, Construction and maintenance of
flexible/rigid type of pavements including latest Codal stipulations and specifications.
b) Professional Experience of at least 10 years in Pavement Design / Pavement
Construction / Pavement Maintenance of Highways / Roads / Airfield Runways
c) Experience of at least 5 years in similar capacity in Construction / Construction
Supervision of 2/4/6 laning** of major highway projects.
d) Experience as Pavement / Geotechnical Engineer in Construction/Construction
Supervision of at least 2 major highway projects (of length 40% of project length or
more of similar configuration (2/4/6 laning**) and above).
a) Post Graduate Degree in Highway Engineering / Pavement Engineering
/Transportation Engineering
b) Experience as a Pavement Specialist/Pavement Engineer in Highway project(of
length 40% of project length or more of similar configuration (2/4/6 laning**) and
above).
SENIOR QUALITY/MATERIAL EXPERT
The Quality/Material Expert shall review the test results of bore holes, quarry and borrow
area material to find out their strength characteristics and suitability for using them in
construction. He shall inspect the Concessionaire’s field laboratories to ensure that they are
adequately equipped and capable of performing all the specified testing requirements of the
contract. He shall look into the quality assurance aspect of the construction works and
Page 109 of 264

supervise the setting-up of the various Concessionaire’s rock crushers and bituminous
mixing plants to ensure that the specified requirements for such equipment are fully met.
Experience in latest Quality Management techniques in highway projects shall have added
advantage.
b) Professional Experience of at least 10 years in handling Highway projects.
c) Experience of at least 5 years as Senior Quality/ Material Expert or in similar
capacity in Construction / Construction Supervision /major highway projects
d) Experience as Senior Quality/ Material Expert or in similar capacity in handling of at
least 2 similar highway projects.(of length 40% of project length or more of similar
a) Post Graduate Degree in Geotechnical Engineering / Foundation Engineering / Soil

Mechanics.
ROAD SAFETY EXPERT
Shall be responsible for the overall Road Safety Aspect of the Project. He shall ensure that
safety provisions as per relevant codes are strictly followed at site during Construction of
Road and also during the Maintenance Period
b) Professional Experience of at least 10 years in handling Highway projects.
c) Minimum 5 years experience in Road Safety works of Major Highway Projects (4 / 6
laning projects)
d) Experience in similar capacity in Road Safety Audit of at least 2 nos. 2/4/6 lane**
highway / expressway project including 1 nos. at design stage
e) Experience in similar capacity in the field of Road Safety Management Plan.
2. Preferential Qualifications
a) Post Graduate Degree in Traffic Transportation/Safety Engineering.
b) Experience in similar capacity in identification and improvement of black spots on
Major Highway Project.
c) Experience in similar capacity in Preparation of Road Safety Management Plan for
inter urban Highways.
TEAM LEADER CUM SENIOR BRIDGE ENGINEER
This is the senior most position and the expert engaged as the team leader shall be
responsible for reviewing the entire Project preparation and implementation activities of the
Page 110 of 264

Concessionaire. He shall check all the Designs being prepared by the Concessionaire, ensure
execution of works on site as per specification and standards, and continuously interact with
the Authority and the Concessionaire. He shall undertake Project site visits and shall guide,
supervise, coordinate and monitor the work of other experts in his team as well as those of
the Concessionaire. The candidate is required to be a Senior Bridge Engineer, who should
have a proven record of supervising, organising and managing of construction of Bridge
projects and also of Project preparation of large magnitudes projects, as defined below,
financed by international lending agencies and others. Knowledge of Project management
shall be an added advantage.
a) Graduate in Civil Engineering from recognized university.
b) Total Professional Experience of at least 12 years in handling Bridge Projects.
c) At least 5 years experience as Team Leader/Project Manager or similar capacity in
Highway Development Project.
d) He should have handled as Team Leader/Project Manager or similar capacity of at
least two projects in Construction Supervision / IC (of length 40% of project length
e) He should have handled as Team Leader or similar capacity of at least Two projects
in Construction Supervision / AE/ IE/ Project preparation involving at least one
Major Bridge (minimum 300 m length without approaches) in the Project (of length
40% of project length or more of similar configuration (2/4/6 laning**)
f) Experience as Team Leader/Project Manager or similar capacity in Operation and
Maintenance of Major Bridge (minimum 300 m length without approaches) in the
Project (of length 40% of project length or more of similar configuration (2/4/6
laning**).
a) Post Graduate Degree in Structural Engineering or equivalent.
b) Highway Development Projects (of length 40% of project length or more of similar
configuration (2/4/6 laning**).
c) Degree/Diploma/Certificate in Project Management
i. On behalf of Consultant: Team Leader / Resident Engineer (Construction
Supervision/IE/AE).
ii. On behalf of Contractor : Project Manager (Construction/ Construction
Supervision)
iii. In Government Organizations : Superintending Engineer (or equivalent) and
above
Page 111 of 264

(2) Only those projects will be considered for evaluation at Sl. No. 1(d), 1(e) & 1(f) above,
where the input of the personnel is 12 months, 9 months and 12 months respectively.
TEAM LEADER CUM SENIOR TUNNEL ENGINEER
Duties: The Team Leader will reside at project site throughout the period of construction
supervision services. He will be overall in-charge of the project supervision of the
construction package. He shall act as representative of the consulting firm appointed by the
Authority. His duties will involve overall superintendence over the Resident Engineers and
other experts of the construction package. He will guide, monitor, supervise and control all
the activities related to supervision for the construction package. He will interact with the
Project Director/ General Manager and the other officials of the Authority. He should have the
following qualification / experience.
(1) Essential Qualifications.
a) Graduate in Civil/Mining Engineering or equivalent from a recognized university.
b) Total professional experience of at least20 years
c) Professional Experience of at least 15 years in handling major tunnelling projects
d) He should be involved in at least 10 years in construction/construction supervision
of major Road/ Rail/ Metro tunnel projects
e) At least 5 years’ experience as Team Leader/Resident Engineer/Project Manager or
similar capacity in supervision of transportation tunnel projects of length equal to or
more than 4 km
f) He should have handled as Team Leader or similar capacity of at least two projects in
Construction Supervision of transportation tunnels equal to more than 4 Km length
g) Not more than 65 years of age.
(2) Preferential Qualifications.

a) Post Graduate or chartered engineer in Mining Engineering/ Geotechnical
Engineering/ Structural Engineering/ Rock Mechanics or equivalent.
b) Project preparation/ design experience of transportation Tunnel projects
i) On behalf of Consultant: Team Leader / Resident Engineer/Professional
Engineer/Charted Engineer (Construction Supervision/IE/AE).
ii) On behalf of Contractor : Project Manager/ Professional Engineer/Charted Engineer
(Construction/ Construction Supervision)
iii) In Government Organizations : Superintending Engineer (or equivalent) and above
(2) Only those projects will be considered for evaluation at Sr. no 1(d), 1(e) and 1(f) where
the input of the personnel is at least of one year.
(3) Unless otherwise mentioned specifically, tunnel projects of length > 1.5km shall be
considered as major tunnel projects.
RESIDENT ENGINEER CUM TUNNEL EXCAVATION EXPERT
Page 112 of 264

Duties: He shall oversee construction supervision of the project stretch and shall coordinate
with all other experts of the project and shall report to the Team Leader. He shall be directly
responsible for regulating the construction process. He shall be assisted by Tunnel Engineers,
Tunnel Lining Experts and Tunnel ventilation Expert and other support engineers/personnel.
He shall deal directly with the tunnel engineers/experts and other support staff attached with
the Team Leader to ensure that the construction process is well controlled as per established
specification controls to avoid later quality control stage problems. Expert shall be
responsible for checking and verifying the excavation plan and methodology submitted by the
Contractor. He shall monitor the tunnel excavation activities including blasting. He shall also
monitor the tunnel lining activities including installation of water proofing layers. He will be
required to be fielded throughout the Currency of the project. The candidate is expected to be
thoroughly familiar with various standard/specifications, contract procedures, Primavera or
other project management software, design and quality control etc. In addition he will be
responsible for tunnel works during Operation & Maintenance period of the project.
a) Graduate in Civil/Mining Engineering from a recognized University.

b) Total Professional Experience of at least 15 years
c) He should have at least 10 years’ experience in similar capacity for major tunnel
projects
d) At least 7 years’ experience in construction supervision of major transportation
tunnel construction projects
e) Should have handled construction/construction supervision of at least 2
transportation Tunnel projects of length equal or more than 4 km
f) Experience in tunnel design/ DPR preparation/ feasibility study/ design review of
transportation Tunnel projects of length equal or more than 4 km
a) Post Graduate or chartered engineer in civil/mining
Note:
TUNNEL DESIGN ENGINEER
Duties: The Tunnel Design Engineer shall be responsible for checking the designs of
tunnel/design review and other incidental works to be constructed in the Project using
sophisticated computer software. He shall be responsible for Detailed Design Calculation and
drawing for tunnels. He shall be responsible for comprehensive assessment of structural
condition of all the tunnel assets. His expertise shall include computer aided design methods
Page 113 of 264

for Tunnel Engineering with particular reference to Tunnel design.

b) Professional Experience of at least 20 years
c) Experience of at least 12 years in major tunnel projects
d) Experience in tunnel design (Road/ Rail/ Metro) of at least 12 years
e) Experience in similar capacity in construction/construction supervision of 2
transportation tunnel projects of length at least equal to 4 Km each
f) Experience in similar capacity in design of at least 3 transportation tunnel projects of
length at least equal to 4 Km each
2) Preferential Qualifications.
a) Post Graduate in Engineering in structural engineering

b) Innovative transport tunnel design (road/ Rail/ Metro) such as immersed tunnel and
sub-sea bored tunnel
Note:
SENIOR GEO-TECHNICAL EXPERT
Duties: He will be responsible for supervising all the tests to be done in different stages of
construction, besides ensuring that specified tests are done as per codal stipulations and as
per the specifications laid down in the contract for all the different stages of construction. The
Senior Geotechnical Engineer shall be responsible for checking and verifying the
Specifications for Geotechnical investigations and the geotechnical details submitted by the
Contractor. He shall assist the Team Leader & Tunnel Design Engineer in design of tunnel. He
shall monitor the tunnel excavation activities including blasting
a) Graduate in Civil Engineering/masters in engineering geology or equivalent from a

recognized University.
c) Experience of at least 10 years in Construction / Construction Supervision of
transportation tunnel projects in developed countries
d) Experience as Geotechnical Engineer in Construction/Construction Supervision of at
Page 114 of 264

least 4 transportation Tunnel projects of length equal to or more than 4 Km
e) Specific experience in construction of tunnel projects involving vertical shaft sinking
of at least 200 meter of vertical depth
f) Experience in similar capacity in project preparation of at least 2 transportation
tunnel projects each of minimum 4 Km in length
2) Preferential Qualifications.
a) Post Graduate in Rock Mechanics/ Foundation Engineering/ Tunnel Engineering
Note:
TUNNEL SAFETY EXPERT
Duties: The Tunnel Safety Expert shall be responsible for checking and verifying the Safety
Plan prepared by the Contractor. He will also ensure effective implementation of the Safety
Plan, undertake safety audits during Construction, Operation and Maintenance of the Tunnel.
a) Post Graduate in Civil/Mining Engineering from recognized university.
b) Total Professional Experience of at least 20 years
c) Experience of at least 7 years in transportation tunnel safety management in
developed countries
d) At least 10 years’ experience in transportation tunnel safety works
e) Experience in similar capacity of tunnel safety audits during construction stage of at
least 2 transportation tunnel projects each of which should be minimum 4 km in
length
f) Not more than 65 years of age.
a) Any professional Certification from a recognized/statutory body in

safety/health/shot firer/ Explosives.
Note:
SENIOR GEOLOGIST
Duties: The Senior Geologist shall be responsible for checking and verifying the geological
details submitted by the Contractor. He shall assist Team Leader & Tunnel Design Engineer in
design of Tunnel. He shall monitor the tunnel excavation activities including blasting. The
candidate should have exposure of working in Himalayan region and good understanding of
Page 115 of 264

rock and soil mechanics. He should have experience of tunnel works with appropriate design
software. The candidate should be a Post Graduate in Geology preferably with exposure in
Himalayan region. He should have a minimum 20 years of professional experience of
geological works, out of which 5years should be in similar capacity for tunnelling design/
construction projects in the Himalayan region.
a) Masters in Geology/Applied Geology from recognized university.

b) Total Professional Experience of at least 20years
c) At least 7years experience in similar capacity in construction/construction
supervision of transportation tunnel projects
d) Experience of 5 years of construction/construction supervision of major
transportation tunnel projects in the Himalayan region using NATM technology
e) He should have handled at least 2 highway tunnel projects of
construction/construction supervision in similar capacity of 4 Km length each
f) Not more than 65 years of age
a) He should have handled at least 2 major transportation tunnel projects in similar

capacity in project preparation/DPR.
Note:
SENIOR CONTRACT SPECIALIST
Duties: He will be deployed in working season in stages for cumulative duration of period
mentioned in Enclosure-A for obtaining his expert opinion on emerging contractual issues.
His key responsibilities will be to guide and assist Team Leader/Employer in all aspects of
contract management in proper implementation of contract provisions including controlling
the project cost of the construction package. He will also be required to offer his advice on
contractual complications arising during the implementation as per the request of the
employer. He will be required to prepare manuals/schedules for the consultants
team/employer based on the provisions of the contract document. He will be responsible for
giving appropriate suggestions in handling claims of the contractors and any dispute arising
thereof.

b) Professional Experience of 15 years in Contract Management.
c) Experience of at least 4 years as Contract Specialist on any National/State Highway
Page 116 of 264

project/Bridge Project.
d) Contract Management of a large Highway/Bridge contract say over Rs.150 crore
including experience of handling Variation orders, claims of the contractor and there
appropriate disposal for at least 2 projects.
e) Handled at least one Arbitration cases in respect of any Highway/Bridge projects.
f) Not more than 65 years of age.
(a) Degree in Law/PG in management/certificate course in management/ certificate
course in construction management/certificate course in contract management.
RESIDENT CUM PAVEMENT SPECIALIST
The expert shall be continuously interacting with the Concessionaire, for the review of
highway designs and drawings using sophisticated computer software and also construction
and O&M works and to ensure life cycle cost effectiveness and viable design of pavement
including appropriate rehabilitation / strengthening of the existing pavement. He shall also
be responsible for ensuring complete adherence to maintenance standards during
Construction and Operation period. Thus, the position requires a pavement specialist with
thorough knowledge and understanding of international ‘best practices’ in the field of
Design, Construction and maintenance of flexible/rigid type of pavements including latest
Codal stipulations and specifications.
c) Experience of at least 5 years in similar capacity in Construction / Construction
Supervision of 2/4/6 laning** of major highway projects.
d) Experience in similr capacity in handling at least 2 major highway projects (of length
40% of project length or more of similar configuration (2/4/6 laning**) and above).
a) Post Graduate Degree in Highway Engineering/ Geotechnical Engineering/
Transportation Engineering/ Structural Engineering
b) Experience in similar capacity in Highway project construction/ construction
supervision on EPC mode (of length 40% of project length or more of similar
configuration (2/4/6 laning**) and above).
SUB PROFESSIONAL
SURVEY ENGINEER
The candidate should be Graduate in Civil Engineering Firm may field Survey Engineer with
diploma in Civil Engineering/Survey having at least 5 years experience in the field of
Page 117 of 264

surveying out of which at least 3 years should be in highway projects and they should have
also dealt with at least 1 project of similar nature. This position requires thorough
understanding of modern computer based method of surveying with total station digital level
etc.
ASSISTANT HIGHWAY ENGINEER
The Candidate should be Graduate in Civil Engineering.
CAD EXPERT
He should be Graduate in Civil Engineering/Computer Science having experience in computer

related design method for highway engineering.
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEER
The Candidate should be Graduate in Civil Engineering/Environmental Engineering or other

relevant qualification. He should have at least 6 years experience out of which 2 years in
highway projects. He should have good knowledge of MOEF guidelines/requirements for
mitigation measures.
ASSISTANT BRIDGE ENGINEER
The Candidate should be Graduate in Civil Engineering with 3 years experience. He should
have handled at least 1 major bridge project.
ASSISTANT QUALITY CUM MATERIAL ENGINEER
The Candidate should be Graduate in Civil Engineering or diploma in Civil Engineering with 3
years experience.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEER
The Candidate should be Graduate in Electrical Engineering from recognised institute. He

should have at least 6 years experience
HTMS/TOLLING SYSTEM EXPERT
The candidate should be a senior Systems Engineer having experience of at least 15 Years. He
should be an expert in preparation of standards for projects of toll collection and HTMS. He
should have bachelors degree in Civil Engineering/Electronics/Computer Science/other
relevant areas. He should have experience of international latest practices in the field of
HTMS and tolling. He should have work experience on at least 2 similar projects in similar
capacity.
QUANTITY SURVEYOR
He should be Graduate or equivalent in Civil Engineering having Min. 5 years of professional

experience in preparation of highway project estimates. He should have Min. 3 years
Page 118 of 264

experience in Preparation of Bill of Quantities/estimates for major highway projects costing
Rs.100 Crore or above.
HORTICULTURE CUM LANDSCAPING SPECIALIST
He should be a Graduate in Agriculture with specialization in Horticulture/Arboriculture

having minimum 5 year of field experience in Horticulture/Arboriculture and landscaping. He
should have minimum 5 years field experience.
Note: Upto 2 sub-professional can be a fresh graduate (zero/ less than minimum required
work experience) with first class in graduation stream. Eligibility requirement in terms of
minimum years of experience shall not be applicable for this sub professional.
Page 119 of 264

Page 120 of 264
Annexure I- Daily Inspection Report in construction period
Results of lab
Description of Name of key
tests conducted
inspection personnel
Component Item Description (Test
work carried inspecting the
conducted,
out work
Pass/Fail)
1. Road works
Embankment/ Sub
including
Grade/ GSB/ WMM/
culverts, and
DBM/ BC
minor bridges
2. Major Bridge
Foundation/ Sub
works, Flyovers,
structure/ Super
ROB, RUB, VUP,
structure
PUP
3. Approach to
Foundation/ Sub
ROB/RUB/ Major
structure/ Super
Bridges/ Viaduct /
structure
RE wall
4. Other Works
Page 121 of 264

Page 122 of 264
Annexure II- Daily Inspection Report in O&M period
Nature of defect/ deficiency Defect If defect found, Compliance of AE Remarks

found Chainage & previous
(Yes/No) side defect
(Yes/No/NA)
ROADS
Carriageway and paved shoulders
Breach or blockade
Pot holes
Removal of debris
Hard/earth shoulders, side slopes, drains and culverts
Desilting of drains in urban/semi-
urban areas
Road side furniture including road signs and pavement marking
Damage to shape or position; poor
visibility or loss of retro-reflectivity
Street lighting and telecom (ATMS)
Any major failure of the system
Faults and minor failures
Trees and Plantation
Obstruction in a minimum head-room
of 5 m above carriageway or
Rest areas
Cleaning of toilets
Defects in electrical, water and
sanitary installations
Toll plaza[s]
Failure of toll collection equipment
including ETC or lighting
Other Project Facilities and Approach roads
Damage or deterioration in Approach
Roads, -[pedestrian facilities, truck
lay-bys, bus-bays, bus- shelters,
cattle crossings, Traffic Aid Posts,
Medical Aid Posts and other works]
Page 123 of 264

Page 124 of 264
Annexure III- Weekly Inspection Report in O&M period
Defect If defect Compliance of AE Remarks

found found, previous defect
(Yes/No) Chainage & (Yes/No/NA)
side
ROADS
(a) Carriageway and paved shoulders
(i) Breach or blockade
Roughness value exceeding 2,500

mm in a stretch of 1 km (as
(ii)
measured by a standardised
roughometer/bump integrator)
(iii) Pot holes
Cracking in more than 5% of road

(iv)
surface in a stretch of 1 km
Rutting exceeding 10 mm in more

than 2% of road surface in a stretch
(v)
of 1 km (measured with 3 m straight
edge)
(vi) Bleeding/skidding
Ravelling/Stripping of bitumen
(vii)
surface exceeding 10 sq m
Damage to pavement edges

(viii)
exceeding 10 cm
(ix) Removal of debris
Hard/earth shoulders, side slopes, drains and

(b)
culverts
Variation by more than 2% in the

(i) prescribed slope of camber/cross
fall
Edge drop at shoulders exceeding

(ii)
40 mm
Variation by more than 15% in the

(iii) prescribed side (embankment)
slopes
(iv) Rain cuts/gullies in slope
Damage to or silting of culverts and

(v)
side drains during and immediately
Page 125 of 264

side
preceding the rainy season
Desilting of drains in urban/semi-

(vi)
urban areas
Road side furniture including road signs and

(c)
pavement marking
Damage to shape or position;

(i)
poor visibility or loss of retro-
reflectivity
(d) Street lighting and telecom (ATMS)
(i) Any major failure of the system
(ii) Faults and minor failures
(e) Trees and plantation
Obstruction in a minimum head-

(i) room of 5 m above carriageway or
Deterioration in health of trees and

(ii)
bushes
(iii) Replacement of trees and bushes
Removal of vegetation affecting

(iv)
sight line and road structures
(f ) Rest areas
(i) Cleaning of toilets
Defects in electrical, water and

(ii)
sanitary installations
(g) Toll plaza[s]
Failure of toll collection equipment

(i)
including ETC or lighting
(ii) Damage to toll plaza
(h) Other Project Facilities and Approach roads
Damage or deterioration in
(i) Approach Roads, -[pedestrian
facilities, truck lay-bys, bus-bays,
Page 126 of 264

side
bus- shelters, cattle crossings,

Traffic Aid Posts, Medical Aid Posts
and other works]
BRIDGES
(a) Superstructure of bridges
(i) Cracks
(ii) Spalling/scaling
(b) Foundations of bridges
(i) Scouring and/or cavitation
Piers, abutments, return walls and wing walls

(c)
of bridges
Cracks and damages including

(i)
settlement and tilting
(d) Bearings (metallic) of bridges
(i) Deformation
(e) Joints in bridges
Loosening and malfunctioning of

(i)
joints
(f) Other items relating to bridges
Deforming of pads in elastomeric

(i)
bearings
Gathering of dirt in bearings and

(ii) joints; or clogging of spouts, weep
holes and vent-holes
(iii)
parapets and handrails
Rain-cuts or erosion of banks of the

(iv)
side slopes of approaches
(v) Damage to wearing coat
(vi) approach slabs, pitching, apron,
toes, floor or guide bunds
(vii) Growth of vegetation affecting the
Page 127 of 264

side
structure or obstructing the

waterway
Page 128 of 264

Annexure IV- Month of survey for equipment based road condition assessment
Equipment based road inspection shall be done by the Authority’s Engineer twice a year as
per the month of the year defined in the following table.
However, since the first survey shall be conducted at the time of completion testing, the
following modification to the schedule shall be adopted. For example, if majority of highway
length (>50%) passes through a state, where defined survey months are May and November,
if completion testing is conducted in April, then the first equipment based survey shall be
conducted in the month of April. This shall be considered as the equipment based survey to
be conducted in the month of May. The 2nd equipment based survey shall be conducted in the
month of November, the 3rd survey shall be conducted in the month of May and so on. As
regards FWD, the first test/survey shall be conducted at the time of completion in April. The
2nd test/survey shall be conducted in April of next year and so on.
Region State Survey before rains Survey after rains
East Bihar May Nov

East Chhattisgarh May Nov
East Jharkhand May Nov
East Orissa May Nov
East West Bengal May Nov

Central Madhya Pradesh May Nov
NE Arunachal Pradesh Mar Oct
NE Assam Mar Oct

NE Manipur Mar Oct
NE Meghalaya Mar Oct
NE Mizoram Mar Oct
NE Nagaland Mar Oct

NE Sikkim Mar Oct
NE Tripura Mar Oct
North Chandigarh May Nov
North Delhi May Nov
North Haryana May Nov
North Himachal May Nov

North Jammu And Kashmir May Nov
North Punjab May Nov

North Uttar Pradesh May Nov
Page 129 of 264

Region State Survey before rains Survey after rains
North Uttaranchal May Nov

Andaman And Nicobar
South Apr Nov
Islands
South Andhra Pradesh Apr Nov
South Karnataka Apr Nov
South Kerala Apr Nov
South Pondicherry Jun Jan

South Tamil Nadu Jun Jan
West Dadar Nagar Haveli Apr Oct
West Daman And Diu Apr Oct
West Goa May Nov

West Gujarat Apr Oct
West Maharashtra May Nov

West Rajasthan Apr Oct
Page 130 of 264

Annexure V- Monthly Progress Report in Construction Phase
[NAME & LOGO OF IMPLEMENTING AGENCY]
[PROJECT NAME]
Authority Engineer
[NAME OF CONSULTING FIRM]
MONTHLY PROGRESS REPORT NO. [XX]
FOR THE MONTH OF: [MONTH], [YEAR]
Page 131 of 264

Table of content
Contents Page Nos.
1 Executive Summary ................................................................................................... 134
1.1 Construction progress in current month 134
1.2 Current issues and recommended actions by IE / AE 134
1.3 Strip Plan (Summary) 135
1.4 Strip Plan (Details) 136
2 Project Overview ....................................................................................................... 137
2.1 Salient Features of Project 137
2.2 Project Milestones 138
2.3 Location Map 139
2.4 Key Plan 140
3 Critical Issues & Action Log ...................................................................................... 141
3.1 Pending Issues & Action Log 141
3.2 Obligations as per Contract 142
4 Physical Progress ....................................................................................................... 142
4.1 Detailed Scope of Work & Physical Progress by Component 143
5 Land Acquisition and Clearance ............................................................................... 144
5.1 LA Summary 144
5.2 LA Detail by CALA 144
5.3 LA Detail by Village for each CALA 144
5.4 Manpower details of CALA145
5.5 Clearances Summary 145
5.6 Status of utilities shifting 147
6 Change of Scope ......................................................................................................... 147
7 Mobilization of Resources ......................................................................................... 148
8 Financial Progress Details (for PPP projects) ......................................................... 148
8.1 Pen Picture - Escrow 148
8.2 Escrow details 149
Page 132 of 264

9 Summary of quality control tests ............................................................................. 149
9.1 Tests witnessed by IE/ AE 149
9.2 Tests conducted by IE / AE 151
10 Monitoring of maintenance obligations during construction phase .................... 152
10.1 Critical issues and action log 152
10.2 Summary of repair work 152
10.3 Status of damages 154
11 Safety features ......................................................................................................... 154
11.1 Pen picture of safety features 154
11.2 Accident Report 155
12 Annexures ................................................................................................................ 157
Page 133 of 264

1 Executive Summary
1.1 Construction progress in current month
Key reporting metrics Value/ %/ Amount

Scheduled Physical Progress (%)
Cumulative Physical Progress upto current month (%)

Physical Progress during current month (%)
Financial progress (%)
Cumulative Expenditure till date (Rs Cr)
Tests passed as % of total tests witnessed by IE
Tests passed as % of total tests conducted by IE
Number of pending COS proposals
Amount for pending COS (Rs Cr)
1.2 Current issues and recommended actions by IE / AE
1. Slow Progress of Structures: The progress of structures (especially,

major bridges, flyovers and ROB’s) is very slow. Overall progress is only
XX%. Out of the total YY underpasses not even single underpass
structure and its approaches is completed so far. No bridge is open to
traffic sofar.
a. Recommendation: Concessionaire should improve the progress of

structures. Request for revised workplan from Concessionaire
including specific activities on structures.
2. Status of Change of Scope Proposals: Concessionaire has submitted Xx No.

Change of Scope proposals. Yy No. of them are still pending for decision.
Concessionaire has not submitted necessary clarifications /details for the
following Changes of Scope in spite of severalreminders.
a. Recommendation: Concessionaire to submit all pending clarifications to

Authority. Authority and Concessionaire to expedite pending COSproposals.
Page 134 of 264

1.3 Strip Plan (Summary)
1. Work front Unavailable & 2. Length completed 3. Length completed

reason for Unavailability by layer (MCW) by layer (Service
Road)
% Total % %
Lengt Pendin Lengt Total Lengt Total
h (km) g h (km) Lengt h (km) Lengt
Length h h
Total Length 80 Total 80 Total 35
Length Length
Total 7 12% Total 27.5 33% Total 0 0%
Workfront Length Length
Unavailable Complete Complete
d (Till d
DBM) (Till DBM)
Pending Land 0 0% BC 27 32% BC 0 0%
Acq. DBM 27.5 33% DBM 0 0%
Pending 7 12% WMM 29.5 35% WMM 0 0%
Clearances GSB 32.5 39% GSB 0 0%
Encumbrance 0 0% Sub- 35 42% Sub- 0 0%
s Grade Grade
C&G 47.9 57% C&G 0 0%
Page 135 of 264

1.4 Strip Plan (Details)
Page 136 of 264

Detailed report
2 Project Overview
2.1 Salient Features of Project
Project Name
NH No. (New/ Old)
Scheme/ Phase
Mode of the Execution (BOT Toll/ BOT Annuity/ EPC/
HAM/ Item Rate/ Others)
No. of Lanes/ Configuration
Length of the Project (in Km)
Total Project Cost (in Cr)
No. of Bypasses (Name of Town, Length)
No. of Major Bridges (Number and Location)
No. of Toll Plazas (Number and Location)
No. of Fly Overs (Number and Location)
DPR Authority’s EngineerName
Lead & Consortium Members of Banks
Concessionaire Name (SPV & Parent Company)
Date of Award (LOA Date)
Appointed Date
Concession Period
Construction Period (in Days)
O&M Period (in Days)
Scheduled Date of Completion
Authority Engineer
IE / AE Agreement Date
IE / AE Mobilization Date
Page 137 of 264

ALL FIGURES & GRAPHS IN TEMPLATES ARE
ILLUSTRATIVE. PLEASE ADD ACTUAL DETAILS
2.2 Project Milestones
Ac
Descripti Plan
tua
Project on (Days ned Delay Curren
l
Milesto from (No. of t
ne Appointe Physical Scheduled Physical month Status
d Date) Progress Date Progress Revised Date s)
(%) (%)
Milestone [DD/MM/YYYY [DD/MM/YYYY Achieve
[Description] 25 25 5
I ] ] d
Started
Milesto [DD/MM/YYYY [DD/MM/YYYY , not
[Description] 65 22
ne II ] ] achieve
d
Schedule
Not
d [DD/MM/YYYY [DD/MM/YYYY
[Description] 100 21 starte
Completio ] ] d
n
Page 138 of 264

2.3 Location Map
Page 139 of 264

2.4 Key Plan
[Above image is illustrative only. Please include chainage and name below the axis and
list of features above the axis]
Page 140 of 264

3 Critical Issues & Action Log
3.1 Pending Issues & Action Log
Ongoin Expected
Chainage( Action(s)
g/ New Length Action(s) date/ Actual
S.N Issue Concerned s) affected suggested
Type Issue/ affecte taken till Date for
o Description Authority due to the by
Resolve d (km) now resolving
issue the AE
d issue
1. Proposal
submitted to
MoEFLetter Escalate to
Diversion of
Ongoin sent by RO to higher level [DD/MM/YYY
1 Xx ha of forest Clearance MoEF [Chainage] 4 kms
g Issue MoEF nodal officers at Y]
Land
officer on MoEF
[DD/MM/YYY
Y]
1. Escalated
to chief
secretary
21
level through
Crcompensati
Land Resolve [CALANam DO from [DD/MM/YYY
2 on [Chainage] 2.4 km
Acquisition d e] Chairman/ Y]
disbursement
Secretary,
pending
dated
[DD/MM/YYY
Y]
Project
Slow progress Director to
by Concessionai New [Concess. call higher [DD/MM/YYY
3 [Chainage] 57 km None
concessionair re Issue Issue Name] ups of Y]
e concessionai
re
Page 141 of 264

3.2 Obligations as per Contract
Expected Contents & Structure

Please write a summary of non-compliances of contractual obligations highlighting
reasons for delay, stating pending actions and their potential risk to the project’s progress
and recommended actions by the IE.
 Critical obligation sand constraints of concessionaire as per contract

 Critical obligations of authority as per contract
 Critical pending obligations of IE as per contract
NOTE: Please include important issues requiring intervention of various parties,
giving details and background wherever necessary

4 Physical Progress
Physical
Physical Progress
%
Compone Progress(Durin (Cumulativ
Weightag
nt g Current e, Upto
e
Month) Current
Month)
Road Works 35.00% 5% 15.0%
Major Bridge works and ROB / RUB 40.00% 1.20% 26.2%
Structures 21.00% 0.00% 0.8%
Other Works 4.00% 0.00% 0.0%
Physical
2% 42.0%
Progress
Page 142 of 264

4.1 Detailed Scope of Work & Physical Progress by Component
Cost Cost
Planned in Value of
Weightag Weightage
Scope (As Progress %Physical Physical
Component e in Item Description in
Project per Scope till Date Progress Progress
Component (7X4)
(%) of Work)
(%)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
35.00% 1. C&G 5.00% 80 km 45 km 56% 2.8%
1. Road works
2. Embankment 5.00% 80 km 40 km 50% 2.5%
including
3. Sub Grade 5.00% 80 km 35 km 44% 2.2%
culverts, minor
4. GSB 5.00% 80 km 33 km 41% 2.1%
bridges,
5. WMM 5.00% 80 km 30 km 38% 1.9%
underpasses,
6. DBM 5.00% 80 km 28 km 35% 1.8%
overpasses,
approaches to 7. BC 5.00% 80 km 27 km 34% 1.7%
ROB/RUB/ Major
Bridges/
Structures (but
excluding service
roads)
40.00%1. Major Bridges 10.00% 6 No 6 No 100% 10.0%
2. Major Bridge
2. Minor Bridges 5.00% 23 No 21 No 91% 4.6%
works and
ROB/RUB 3. Flyovers 5.00% 2 No 0 0% 0.0%
4. ROB 5.00% 228 No 121 No 53% 2.7%
5. VUP 5.00% 11 No 6 No 55% 2.7%
6. PUP 5.00% 15 No 6 No 40% 2.0%
7. RUB 5.00% 136 No 114 No 84% 4.2%
3. Structures 21.00% 1. Foundation 5.00% 35 km 2.2 km 6% 0.2%
(elevated 2. Sub-structure 5.00% 35 km 2.1 km 6% 0.2%
sections, 3. Super-structure 5.00% 35 km 2.1 km 6% 0.2%
reinforced earth) 4. Reinforced Earth 6.00% 35 km 2.1 km 6% 0.2%
Wall
4. Other Works 4.00% 1. Toll Plaza 4.00% 4 No 0 0% 0.0%
GRAND TOTAL 100% 42.0%
Page 143 of 264

5 Land Acquisition and Clearance
5.1 LA Summary
Total Required Total in possession Total to be acquired

Description
(ha) at start (ha) (ha)
Existing ROW 135.00 135.00 0.00
Pvt. Land To be Acquired 240.00 0.000 240.00
Public Land To be Transferred 52.00 50.35 1.65
Grand Total 427 185 242

5.2 LA Detail by CALA
Total Land 3H 3G Amount Amount Amount Pending

3DDo 3ADo
3HDon Pend- 3GDo 3DPendi 3APendi Awarded Deposited Disbursed Amount
CALA left to be Pend- ne(ha ne(ha by
Acquired ing (ha) e(ha) ing ne(ha) ng (ha) ) ng(Ha)
)
(Crore (Crore (Crore
(ha) Rs.) Rs.) CALA(Cro Rs.)
(Ha)
re Rs.)
[CALA 1] 150 15 15 15 135 0 150 0 150 396 370 327 43

[CALA2
67 0 0 0 67 0 67 0 67 132 132 120 23
]
[CALA
23 23 23 23 0 14 9 0 23 0 0 0 0
3]
Grand
Total 240 38 202 38 202 14 226 0 240 528 502 447 66
5.3 LA Detail by Village for each CALA
CALA 1
Total Amount Pendin
3H 3G Amount Amount
Land left 3H 3G 3D 3D 3A 3A Disburse g
Pend Pend Awarde Deposite
Village to be Done Done Pendin Done Pendin Done d by Amoun
-ing -ing d (Crore d (Crore
Acquire (ha) (ha) g (ha) (ha) g (Ha) (ha) CALA t (Rs
(ha) (ha) Rs.) Rs.)
d (Ha) (Rs Cr) Cr)
[Village 1] 150 15 15 15 135 0 150 0 150 396 370 327 43
[Village 2] 67 0 0 0 67 0 67 0 67 132 132 120 23
[Village 3] 23 23 23 23 0 14 9 0 23 0 0 0 0
Grand
240 38 202 38 202 14 226 0 240 528 502 447 66
Total
Page 144 of 264

5.4 Manpower details of CALA
Provided Revenue Tehsildar

Patwaris/ Comput
by Amins/ Inspecto s/ Clerks/
Village Accounta er Chainm
CALA <Agency> Surveyo rs/ Dep. Sahaya Peons Total
accounta nts operato an
/ State rs Kanung Tehsildar ks
nt rs
Govt o s
<A gen cy
[CALA 1] 4 1 0 0 3 0 3 1 0 12
>
[CALA 1] State Govt 2 0 2 0 0 0 1 0 0 5
<A gen cy
[CALA 2]
>
[CALA 2] State Govt
Grand Total
5.5 Clearances Summary
Environment
Length
Proposal Description Status Current Stage Issues/ Comments
Impacted
Approval of construction in coastal Obtaine Nil Completed
zone d
Forest Land
Length
Impacted
Diversion of Xx ha ([Chainage]) Pending [Length in Completed Stage 1 clearance
km] pending
Diversion of Xx Ha. ([Chainage]) Obtaine Nil Ongoing
d
Page 145 of 264

Wildlife
Length
Impacted
Diversion of Xx Ha. of forest Pending [Length in Ongoing Queries sent to MoEF by RO,
land km] compliance pending
TreeCutting
Length
Impacted
N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
Railway (ROBs/RUBs)
Length
Impacted
[GAD Number] Proposal [Chainage] Uploaded on N.A.
Submitted, portal on
Approval pending [DD/MM/YYYY]
Page 146 of 264

5.6 Status of utilities shifting
Date when Date of

Date of Estimate Date of Date of Progre Certificati
Estimat
Utility Length request by was Approval Deposit ss on from Issue/
e
Categor Nam Status affecte Departm Authority Received by of super- ofPhys Agency Commen
Amoun
y e d ent
for from Authority vision ical for ts
t
estimate concerned RO/ HQ charge Shiftin Completio
dept. g
n
Estima [DD/MM
[Lengt
Water te [DEPART [DD/MM/ [DD/MM/ [DD/MM/
/
Not
TBD
h
Appro MENT] YYYY] YYYY] YYYY]
YYYY]
started
in km]
ved
Estima [DD/MM
[Lengt
Electric te [DEPART [DD/MM/ [DD/MM/ [DD/MM/
/
Not
TBD
ity h
Appro MENT] YYYY] YYYY] YYYY]
YYYY]
started
in km]
ved
Estima
[Lengt
Others te [DEPART [DD/MM/ [DD/MM/ [DD/MM/ [DD/MM/
TBD
h YYYY] YYYY] YYYY] YYYY]
Appro MENT]
in km]
ved
6 Change of Scope
Date of first COS

Expected/ Actual Date of
S No. Proposal Details submission to AE Current Status Amount Approval
Construction of [Flyover Approved in principle by Authority.

[+/ -
1 Name] at [DD/MM/YYYY] Detailed quantities in proper order [DD/MM/YYYY]
Amount]
[Chainage] yet to be submitted
Clarifications to be submitted by
Nallah diversion through [+/ -
2 [DD/MM/YYYY] Concessionaire , expected [DD/MM/YYYY]
box culvert at[Chainage] Amount]
date[DD/MM/YYYY]
Page 147 of 264

7 Mobilization of Resources
Expected
Deploye Reason(s)
Age of Planned/ Delay due
S Equipment Mak Mode Actual d During for Remark
Equipme Required to Under-
No. Name e l Quantity theMont Under/Over s
nt Quantity Mobilizati
h Mobilization
on
Excavator/
5
Poclain
Paver 2
Transit Meter 0
Plate
0
Compactors
[ADD
OTHERS]
8 Financial Progress Details (for PPP projects)
8.1 Pen Picture - Escrow
Cumulative inflow
Cumulative outflow Inflow to Escrow Outflow from
to Escrow till
TPC (Cr) from Escrow till during the month Escrow during the
previous month
previous month(Cr) (Cr) month(Cr)
(Cr)
1,206 1,033 900 30 35
Are the Escrow withdrawals in accordance with the order of withdrawal as specified
in the Concession Agreement?
Tick as applicable
Page 148 of 264

If not, details to be provided below:

8.2 Escrow details
Escrow Plan Escrow Escrow

Cumulative Escrow Plan Escrow Plan Escrow Actual
till date- Actual till Actual till
TPC (Cr) exp. till date till date- Debt till date- VGF till date- Equity
Equity (BOT) date- Debt date- VGF
(Cr) (BOT)(Cr) (BOT) (Cr) (BOT) (Cr)
(Cr) (BOT) (Cr) (BOT) (Cr)
1,206 1,033 900 306 - 769 264 -
PLEASE EXCLUDE OUTSTANDING

MOBILIZATION FEE/ ADVANCE IN S-CURVE
9 Summary of quality control tests
9.1 Tests witnessed by IE/ AE
Total test up to
Frequency Total test in This Cumulative No. of
Previous
of tests Month tests
Descriptio Uni Month Remark
n t s
No. Conducte Pas Fai Conducte Pas Fai Conducte Pas Fai
Qty.
s d s l d s l d s l
Page 149 of 264

Total test up to
Previous
n t s
Qty.
s d s l d s l d s l
Sub grade
150
Procter test 1 m3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0
Atterberg 150
1 m3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Limits 0
Free Swell 150

1 m3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Index 0
Grain Size 150

1 m3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Analysis 0
300
C.B.R 1 m3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0
Granular Sub Base
Gradation 1 200 m3 151 151 0 5 5 0 156 156 0
Atterberg
1 200 m3 151 136 15 5 5 0 151 136 15
Limits
150
Procter test 1 m3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0
Wet Mix
Macadam
Filter
material
Concrete
Cement
Water
Prime Coat
Tack coat
Dense
Bituminou
s
Macadam
Bituminou
s Concrete
Page 150 of 264

Total test up to
Previous
n t s
Qty.
s d s l d s l d s l
Bitumen
test
DLC
Steel
9.2 Tests conducted by IE / AE
<Quality inspection test results to be reported in a table similar to the table provided in
previous section>
Page 151 of 264

10 Monitoring of maintenance obligations during construction phase
10.1 Critical issues and action log
Expected Date for

Issue Description
suggested by SC
Length affected
resolving issue
Action(s) taken
affected due to
Ongoing/New
Chainage(s)
Concerned
Authority
the issue
Action(s)
till now
Issue
(km)
SNo
1 Drying up Ongoing Concessionair 325+200 2.6 Irregular Replacemen NA

of plants e to watering t of plants
on median 327+800 and daily
watering
2 Large New Concessionair 387+300 0.1 None Filling of <DD/MM

potholes e LHS potholes >
10.2 Summary of repair work
Work done Work done

upto during
SNo Description Unit Total Balance Remarks
previous reporting
month month
1 Carriageway and paved shoulders
(a) Pot Holes Sqm 42 - - 42
(b) Roughness value mm

exceeding 2,500mm
(c ) Cracking in more than 5% Sqm 7179 - - 7179

of road surface
(d) Rutting exceeding 10mm Sqm 5 - - 5

in more than 2% of road
surface
(e) Bleeding/Skiding Sqm
(f) Ravelling Sqm
(g) Damage to pavement m

edges exceeding 10cm
2 Hard/Earth Shoulders
Page 152 of 264

Work done Work done
upto during
previous reporting
month month
(a) Rain cuts/ gullies in slope Cum 650 25 - 625
(b) Edge drop at shoulders m

exceeding 40 mm
3 Drains and culverts
(a) Cleaning of Culvert Nos 1 - - 1
(b) Damage to or silting of

culverts
(c) Silting of drains in urban/

semi urban areas
4 Road furniture
(a) Sign Boards Nos 456 - - 456
(b) Kilometer Stones
(c ) Metal Beam Crash Barrier
(d) Bus Shelters Nos 72 4 - 68
(e) Junction signs Nos 26 8 - 18
(f) Median Grills Rmt 894 - - 894
(g) Studs Nos 5328 - - 5328
(h) Delinators Nos 8236 - - 8236
(i) Road Marking Sqm 1899 - - 1899
(j) Kerb Painting Sqm 4575 - - 4575
(k) Guard Posts Nos 3657 - - 3657
5 Street lighting and telecom (ATMS)
(a) Street lights Nos
(b) Telecom Nos
6 Trees and plantation
(a) Removal of vegetation Ha 77.42 - 3.57 73.85

affecting sight line and
road structures
(b) Replacement of trees and Nos 15072 - - 15072

bushes
Page 153 of 264

Work done Work done
upto during
previous reporting
month month
7 Buildings and bridges
(a) Rest areas
(b) Toll plazas
(c ) Bridges
10.3 Status of damages
SNo Period Amount of damages (Rs)
1 Upto June 2016

2 Jul 2016
3 Aug 2016
4 Sep 2016
Total
11 Safety features
11.1 Pen picture of safety features
Details to be provided after assessment of the site requirement vis-à-vis provisions in

the Concession Agreement:
Suggested Remedial
Financial implications of
Location of Black Measures within Additional Remedial
additional Remedial
Spots provisions of Measures (if any)
Measures for Authority(Cr.)
Concession Agreement
Page 154 of 264

1
S No
Date
1/1/17
Chainage no
RHS pm
Time of accident
382/050 05:25
M
11.2 Accident Report
Sex (M/F)
A
2
Accident location
B
2
Nature of accident
Classification of
C
accident
D
Causes
Load conditions of
E
vehicle
F
Road condition
Page 155 of 264

Intersection type of
-
G
control
H
Weather condition
I
Age of victim
J
Type of victim
K
Type of vehicle
-
Fatal
1
Major
persons
1
No of affected
Minor
Help provided by
Ambu
Mapping of report fields to responses
A 1. Urban 2. Rural
1. Overturned 2. Head On Collision 3. Hit from Back 4. Hit to Fix Object 5. Right turn Collision 6.
B
Left turn Collision 7. Veered Out off The Road 8. Hit Pedestrian 9. Unknown/Hit & Ran Away
C 1. Fatal 2. Major injury 3. Minor injury
1. Drunken 2. Over Speeding 3. Vehicle out of Control 4. Driven on wrong side 5. Mechanical
D
Problem 6. Drowsiness/Not Applicable 7. Fault of Driver
E 1. Normally Loaded 2. Overloaded/Handing 3. Empty 4. Unknown
F 1. Straight road 2. Slight Curve 3. Sharp Curve 4. Hump 5. Dip
1. T-Junction 2. Y-Junction 3. Four arm Junction 4. Staggered Junction 5. Junction with more
G
than 6. Round about
1. Fine/Clear 2.Mist/Fog 3. Cloudy 4. Light Rain 5. Heavy Rain 6. Strong Wind 7. Dust Storm 8.
H
Cold 9. Hot
I 1. 0-18 Years 2. 18-25 Years 3. 25-40 Years 4.40-60 Years 5. 60-80 Years
J 1. Driver 2. Passenger 3. Pedestrian 4. Cyclist 5. Others
1. Two Wheeler 2. Auto Rickshaw 3. Car/Jeep 4. Bus 5. Light Truck 6. Heavy Truck 7. Tractor 8.
K
Bicycle 9. Cycle Rickshaw 10. Hand Drawn Cart 11. Animal Drawn Cart
Page 156 of 264

12 Annexures
Annex 1. Detailed List of Physical Components as per Schedule G
Physical
Component
Item
A- Widening and strengthening of existing road
(1) Earthwork up to top of the sub-grade
(2) Granular work (subbase, base, shoulders)
(a) GSB
(b) WMM
(3) Shoulders
(4) Bituminous work
(a) DBM
(b) BC
(5) Rigid Pavement
Concrete work
(6) Widening and repair of culverts
(7) Widening and repair of minor bridges
B- New realignment/bypass
(1) Earthwork up to top of the sub-grade
Road works (2) Granular work (subbase, base, shoulders)
including culverts,
(a) GSB
minor bridges,
(b) WMM
underpasses,
(3) Shoulders
overpasses,
(4) Bituminous work
approaches to
(a) DBM
ROB/RUB/ Major
(b) BC
Bridges/ Structures
(5) Rigid Pavement
(but excluding
service roads) Concrete work
C-New culverts, minor bridges, underpasses, overpasses on existing road,
realignments, bypasses:
(1) Culverts
(2) Minor bridges
(a) Foundation
(b) Sub-structure
(c) Super-structure (including crash barriers etc. complete)
(3) Cattle/Pedestrian underpasses
(a) Foundation
(b) Sub-structure
(4) Pedestrian overpasses
(a) Foundation
(b) Sub-structure
(5) Grade separated structures
Page 157 of 264

Physical
Component
Item
(a) Underpasses
(i) Foundation
(ii) Sub-structure
(iii) Super-structure (including crash barriers etc.complete)
(b) Overpass
(i) Foundation
(ii) Sub-structure
(iii) Super-structure (including crash barriers etc. complete)
(c) Flyover
(i) Foundation
(ii) Sub-structure
(iii) Super-structure (including crash barriers etc. complete)
(d) Foot over Bridge
A- Widening and repairs of Major Bridges
(1) Foundation
(a) Open Foundation
(b) Pile Foundation/Well Foundation
(2) Sub-structure
(3) Super-structure (including crash barriers etc. complete)
B- Widening and repair of
(a) ROB
(1) Foundation
(2) Sub-structure
(b) RUB
(1) Foundation
(2) Sub-structure
MajorBridge works (3) Super-structure (including crash barriers etc. complete)
and ROB/RUB C- New Major Bridges
(1) Foundation
(a) Open Foundation
(b) Pile Foundation/Well Foundation
(2) Sub-structure
D- New rail-road bridges
(a) ROB
(1) Foundation
(2) Sub-structure
(b) RUB
(1) Foundation
(2) Sub-structure
Structures (elevated (1) Foundation
sections, reinforced (2) Sub-structure
Page 158 of 264

Physical
Component
Item
earth) (3) Super-structure (including crash barriers etc. complete)
(4) Reinforced Earth Wall (includes Approaches of ROB, Underpasses,
Overpasses, Flyover etc.
(i) Service roads/ Slip Roads
(ii) Toll Plaza
(iii) Road side drains
(iv) Road signs, markings, km stones, safety devices, ….
(a)Road signs, markings, km stones, ….
(b) Concrete Crash Barrier/ W-Beam Crash Barrier in Road work
(v) Project facilities
(a) Bus bays
(b) Truck lay-byes
(c) Rest areas
Other Works
(vi) Repairs to bridges/structures
(vii) Road side plantation
(viii) Protection works
(a) Boulder Pitching on slopes
(b) Toe/Retaining wall
(ix) Tunnel
(a) Excavation
(b) Construction of support systemincluding rock bolting, lining etc.
(c) On complete completion of tunnel
(x) Miscellaneous
* The above list is illustrative and may require modification as per the actual scope
of the work
Page 159 of 264

Annex 2. Onwards
IE / AE should include comments, status update, data points and reports in following
annexures which have not been included elsewhere in the main report. Such reports
may include but not limited to:
 Review status of drawings/ design reports
 Review status of other documents
 Minutes of review meeting
 Detailed Inspection report of project highway
 Correspondence details
 Weather report
 Organizational chart of Concessionaire / Contractor and IE / AE
 List of lab equipment
 Details of user complaints
 Project photographs
Page 160 of 264

[NAME&LOGOOFIMPLEMENTINGAGENCY]
[PROJECT NAME (O&M)]
Authority Engineer
MONTHLY STATUS REPORT NO. [XX]
FOR THE MONTH OF: [MONTH], [YEAR]
Page 161 of 264

Table of content
Contents Page
Nos.
1 Executive Summary ................................................................................................... 164
1.1 Overall road condition 164
1.2 Key reporting metrics 164
1.3 Key maintenance activities undertaken 164
1.4 Pending issues 165
1.5 Recommended actions by Authority Engineer 165
1.6 Strip Plan for maintenance 166
2 Project Overview ....................................................................................................... 167

2.1 Key project details 167
2.2 Location Map 168
2.3 Key plan 169
2.4 RoW availability 169
2.5 Summary of project features 170
3 Critical Issues and Action taken ............................................................................... 171
3.1 Issue and action log 171
3.2 Summary of items (Cumulative Observations/ Deficiencies) 171
3.3 Obligations as per contract 173
3.4 Major maintenance and Inspection schedule 174

4 Inspection Report ...................................................................................................... 175
4.1 Summary of NCR issued 175
4.2 Equipment based inspection report 175
5 Monitoring of ETC lanes ............................................................................................ 177
5.1 Monthly ETC Report 177
5.2 On-ground infrastructure report 177
5.3 On-ground ETC operations and SLA adherence 178

6 Status of Damages for breach of maintenance activities ........................................ 178
Page 162 of 264

6.1 Damages for non completion of project facilities 178
6.2 Damages for breach of maintenance activities 179
6.3 Damages for non completion of major maintenance/ periodic overlay

179
7 Change of Scope proposals ........................................................................................ 180
8 Status of pending disputes ........................................................................................ 180
9 Reports ........................................................................................................................ 181
9.1 Monthly Toll Collection Report (Applicable only if project highway is tolled)
181
9.2 Accident Report 182
9.3 Details of complaints 184
9.4 Encroachment list 185
9.5 Lane Closure Report 185
10 Annexures ................................................................................................................ 186
Page 163 of 264

All figures and graphs in templates are
illustrative. Please add actual details.
1 Executive Summary
1.1 Overall road condition
Road condition LHS RHS

Satisfactory road condition 40 km 20 km
Poor road condition 50 km 70 km
Total length of project 90 km 90 km
1.2 Key reporting metrics
Key metrics Value/Amount

No of pending NCRs 35
Damages amount recommended on Concessionaire (Rs Cr) Rs 5.9 Cr
No of pending Change of Scope proposals 2
No of pending disputes 2
Monthly toll collection (Rs Cr) (If applicable) Rs 3.8 Cr
No of accidents 12
No of encroachments 47
1.3 Key maintenance activities undertaken
Asset Maintenance activities undertaken

 Concessionaire has commenced the work for renewal and repair of pavement on
Pavement
the project highway w.e.f 14th September 2016
Shoulder
Drainage  Cleaning of drainage in built up areas n progress
Median
 Concessionaire has taken up repairs and maintenance of MBCB and electric
Road furniture
poles, etc on issuance of NCPs from Authority Engineer
Bridges
 As per provisions of CA and policy decided by MoRTH, 2 ETC lanes at each toll
plaza have been operationalised w.e.f. 25th September 2016. The connectivity of
Buildings ETC lanes with Central Clearing House (CCH) has been achieved and presently
ETC lanes are operationalized in Hybrid Mode due to less number of tags
purchased by highway users
 Planting of new trees from Chainage 200+300 to 226+650
Horticulture
 Trimming of plants which were causing obstruction to highway users
Page 164 of 264

1.4 Pending issues
 Overlay on the entire stretch of project length of 252 km and service roads has not
been taken up by Concessionaire yet since the date of completion of overlay is due in
next 25 days
 Over all progress is very slow regarding repair of potholes and rutting on Main
Carriageway which is causing inconvenience to highway users and is also a concern
from road safety point of view.
 Street lighting in
 Anantapur bypass completed on main carriageway and is energized but for
service roads street lighting is pending on both sides
 Kurnool bypass erection of poles only completed in main carriageway not
yet energized till to date, but for service roads not started
1.5 Recommended actions by Authority Engineer
 In spite of the repeated requests, there is no material change in status of works

pertaining to repairs/ rectifications of defects on the project highway. AE has
recommended the damages of Rs 5.9 Cr on the Concessionaire on account of delay in
repairs of defects in road and bridge works in terms of the provision of Clause 15.8.1
of the Concession Agreement. Concessionaire shall be liable for imposition of further
damages on similar lines till the date of completion
 Concessionaire is requested to take at most care for completing the overlay before
31.03.2017 since the existing road condition is getting deteriorated day by day
causing much inconvenience to the traffic
Page 165 of 264

1.6 Strip Plan for maintenance
Satisfactory road condition

(Maintenance not required)
Poor road condition (Maintenance
required)
Page 166 of 264

Main report
2 Project Overview
2.1 Key project details
Project Name
NH no (New/Old)
Mode of the Project
No. of Lanes
Length of the Project
Total Project Cost
Concessionaire/ Contractor
Date of Award (LOA date)
Appointed Date
Commercial Operation Date (COD)
Concession Period
O&M Period
Authority Engineer
AE Agreement Date
AE Mobilization Date
AE Scheduled Completion Date
AE EOT (Extension Of Time)
Page 167 of 264

2.2 Location Map
Page 168 of 264

2.3 Key plan
2.4 RoW availability
Width of RoW available on both sides of the highway

>20 m
LHS- Width of RoW available
20 m
18 m
16 m 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
14 m
12 m
10 m
8m 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2 8.2
6m
4m 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7
2m 1.8 1.8
Chainage
2m
RHS- Width of RoW available
4m
6m 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2
8m
10 m 10 10
12 m
14 m
16 m
18 m 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5
20 m
>20 m 25 25 25

Page 169 of 264

2.5 Summary of project features
SNo Particulars Value

1 No of flyovers 2
2 Service Road 45
3 ROBs 5
261.975, 299.606, 350.547,
4 ROB location (chainage)
396.135 & 420.302
5 RUBs 0
6 RUB location (chainage) NA
7 No of Bypass 7
8 Length of Bypass 43
9 No of Major Bridges 7
10 No of Minor Bridges 67
11 No of Culvert 640
12 No of VUP 16
13 No of PUP/ Cattle Underpass 12
14 No of Major Intersection/ Junction 22
15 No of Toll Plaza 3
16 Location of Toll Plaza (chainage)
17 No of Truck Laybye 30
18 No of Bus Bays 122
19 No of Wayside Amenities 0
20 Location of Wayside Amenities (chainage) NA
Page 170 of 264

3 Critical Issues and Action taken
3.1 Issue and action log
Expected Date for

Issue Description
suggested by SC
Length affected
resolving issue
Action(s) taken
affected due to
Ongoing/New
Chainage(s)
Concerned
Authority
the issue
Action(s)
till now
Issue
(km)
SNo
Replacemen
Drying up
Concession 325+200 to Irregular t of plants
1 of plants Ongoing 2.6 NA
aire 327+800 watering and daily
on median
watering
Large Concession 387+300 Filling of <DD/MM
2 New 0.1 None
potholes aire LHS potholes >

3.2 Summary of items (Cumulative Observations/ Deficiencies)
Work done Work done

upto during
previous reporting
month month
1 Carriageway and paved shoulders
(a) Pot Holes Sqm 42 - - 42
(b) Roughness value mm
exceeding 2,500mm
(c ) Cracking in more than 5% Sqm 7179 - - 7179
of road surface
(d) Rutting exceeding 10mm Sqm 5 - - 5
in more than 2% of road
surface
(e) Bleeding/Skiding Sqm
(f) Ravelling Sqm
(g) Damage to pavement m
edges exceeding 10cm
2 Hard/Earth Shoulders
(a) Rain cuts/ gullies in slope Cum 650 25 - 625
Page 171 of 264

Work done Work done
upto during
previous reporting
month month
(b) Edge drop at shoulders m
exceeding 40 mm
3 Drains and culverts
(a) Cleaning of Culvert Nos 1 - - 1
(b) Damage to or silting of
culverts
(c) Silting of drains in urban/
semi urban areas
4 Road furniture
(a) Sign Boards Nos 456 - - 456
(b) Kilometer Stones
(c ) Metal Beam Crash Barrier
(d) Bus Shelters Nos 72 4 - 68
(e) Junction signs Nos 26 8 - 18
(f) Median Grills Rmt 894 - - 894
(g) Studs Nos 5328 - - 5328
(h) Delinators Nos 8236 - - 8236
(i) Road Marking Sqm 1899 - - 1899
(j) Kerb Painting Sqm 4575 - - 4575
(k) Guard Posts Nos 3657 - - 3657
5 Street lighting and telecom (ATMS)
(a) Street lights Nos
(b) Telecom Nos
6 Trees and plantation
(a) Removal of vegetation Ha 77.42 - 3.57 73.85
affecting sight line and
road structures
(b) Replacement of trees and Nos 15072 - - 15072
bushes
7 Buildings and bridges
(a) Rest areas
(b) Toll plazas
(c ) Bridges
Page 172 of 264

3.3 Obligations as per contract
Please write a summary of contractual obligations of Concessionaire and non-compliances of

critical obligations highlighting reasons for delay and stating pending actions
 Critical obligations of Concessionaire as per contract
 Non compliances of critical contractual obligations
Page 173 of 264

3.4 Major maintenance and Inspection schedule
Item Responsibility Last completed on Due date
Major maintenance Concessionaire [DD/MM/YY] [DD/MM/YY]
Periodic overlay Concessionaire [DD/MM/YY] [DD/MM/YY]

Pavement
inspection using Authority Engineer [DD/MM/YY] [DD/MM/YY]
NSV
Roughness using
Authority Engineer [DD/MM/YY] [DD/MM/YY]
Laser Profilometer
Pavement strength
using FWD
Bridge inspection
using MBIU
Road sign
inspection using Authority Engineer [DD/MM/YY] [DD/MM/YY]
Reflectometer
Other
Page 174 of 264

4 Inspection Report
4.1 Summary of NCR issued
Total NCR issued

NCR issued in NCR closed in
till previous Balance NCR
SNo Highway asset reporting month reporting month
month (A+B-C)
(B) (C)
(A)
1 Pavement 48 12 25 35
2 Shoulder 7 0 3 4
3 Drainage
4 Median
5 Road furniture
6 Bridges
7 Buildings
8 Horticulture
9 [Other assets]
Total
4.2 Equipment based inspection report
Pavement Surface Defects Roughness Pavement Strength

Bituminous E1
Bleeding (cm)
Texture depth
Potholes (cm)
Raveling (cm)
Rutting depth
(International
Lane number
SubGrade E3
Cracks (cm)
Granular E2
Roughness
Resistance
Chainage
Chainage
Modulus
Modulus
Modulus
Starting
Ending
Elastic
Elastic
Elastic
Index)
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
Skid
IRI
0.000 0.500 L1 2X10 20X35 2.5X1.2 4X12 25 1.4 4.23 7110 34 14
0.500 1.000 L1 3X5 10X15 1.5X0.8 3X10 24 1.8 2.68 7430 36 15
1.000 1.500 L1
Report of equipment based inspection needs be provided as an Annexure to monthly report

as per the defined frequency. Following documents/media to be submitted for equipment
based inspection.
 Video footage of all cameras installed on Network Survey Vehicle- ROW cameras and
pavement camera
 Network Survey Vehicle report capturing dimensions of following key metrics of
pavement
Page 175 of 264

 Cracks
 Potholes
 Raveling
 Bleeding
 Rutting
 Texture depth
 Skid resistance
 Roughness (IRI)
 Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD) report capturing following key metrics of
pavement strength
 Deflection Bowl (Transient Deflections at seven different points)
 Corrected Elastic Modulus Bituminous E1
 Corrected Elastic Modulus Granular E2
 Corrected Elastic Modulus Subgrade E3
 Subgrade CBR
 Bituminous layer coefficient A1
 Base layer coefficient A2
 Granular base layer coefficient A3
 Modified structural number
 Mobile Bridge Inspection Report (MBIU) capturing following key metrics of bridges
 Condition Approach
 Condition Signs
 Condition Debris
 Condition Joint
 Condition Deck
 Condition Rails
 Condition Protect
 Condition Stream
 Condition Superstructure
 Condition Piers
 Condition Abutment
 Retro reflectometer report capturing following key metrics of road furniture
 Coefficient of retroreflected luminance RA (night time retroreflection) of road
traffic signs
Page 176 of 264

5 Monitoring of ETC lanes
5.1 Monthly ETC Report
For Corresponding
TYPE OF VEHICLE month of previous For Previous Month For Current Month
year
No of Fee No of Fee per No of Fee
Fee Collected
vehicles Collected vehicles vehicle vehicles Collected
A Car Total 3845 384500 4659 465,900.00 100 4289 428,900.00
B LCV Total 1521 243360 1312 209,920.00 160 1399 223,840.00
C Bus Total 2404 793386 2284 765,207.00 201 2349 786,915.00
D Truck Total 1603 528924 1523 510,138.00 134 1566 524,610.00
E 3 Axle Total 18990 6836400 16310 5,953,150.00 365 15127 5,521,355.00
F MAV Total 16119 8381880 21111 11,188,830.00 530 18790 9,958,700.00
Over
G Total 1 630 27 17,280.00 640 36 23,040.00
Size
Total for the
49844 18,050,618 52963 19,898,834 49016 18,265,661
Month
5.2 On-ground infrastructure report
Total number of plaza lanes =

Total number of dedicated ETC lanes =
Total number of hybrid lanes =
Equipment as
Units Equipment
Total Units per
SNo Description damaged/ owner/ Remarks
units working specifications
missing provider
(Y/N)
1 Hardware
(a) Over-head transceiver 4 3 1 ABC Co. Y
(b) Hand-held reader
(c ) Lane controller
(d) AVC
(e) Camera
(f) Weigh-in-motion
(g) Static weigh bridge
(h) Any other items
2 Softwares
Page 177 of 264

Equipment as
Units Equipment
Total Units per
SNo Description damaged/ owner/ Remarks
units working specifications
missing provider
(Y/N)
(a) Software – Lane/ Plaza
level
(b) TMS
(c) Any other items
5.3 On-ground ETC operations and SLA adherence
Average Average Average

Average Average Average Average
queue length queue length transction
Lane Transaction transaction transaction transaction
during peak during non time
time (cash) time (RFID) time (cards) time (wallet)
time peak time (others)
UPI – 20
Lane 1 10 vehicles 5 vehicles 15 seconds 10 seconds 20 seconds 25 seconds
seconds
Lane 2
Lane 3
 Average system uptime = 80%

 Transactions uploaded (as per SLA) = 80%
 Blacklists uploaded (as per SLA) = 50%
 Blacklists downloaded (as per SLA) = 85%
6 Status of Damages for breach of maintenance activities
6.1 Damages for non-completion of project facilities
1 Upto June 2016 15,00,35,000

2 Jul 2016 2,00,88,000
3 Aug 2016 2,00,88,000
4 Sep 2016 1,94,40,000
Total 20,96,51,000
Supporting Calculations for damages for Sep 2016

 No of days in Sep = 30
 Performance security is Rs 64,80,00,000
 As per CA Clause 12.3.2 damages payable is 0.1% of performance security per
day = Rs 6,48,000
 Total damages payable = 30 X 6,48,000 = Rs 1,94,40,000
Page 178 of 264

6.2 Damages for breach of maintenance activities

1 Upto June 2016 1,00,35,000
2 Jul 2016 6.63,196
3 Aug 2016 6,63,196
4 Sep 2016 52,22,444
Total 1,65,83,836
Supporting Calculations for damages for reporting month
No of days as
Cost o repair
as estimated
Damages as
Damages at
higher side
No of days
inspection
Damages
Damages
Nature of
damages
Quantity
amount
Date of
per CA
per CA
defect
Total
S No
from
Rate
Unit
6.3 Damages for non completion of major maintenance/ periodic overlay
1 June 2016 6,48,000
2 Jul 2016 2,00,88,000
3 Aug 2016 2,00,88,000
4 Sep 2016 1,94,40,000
Total 6,02,64,000
Supporting Calculations for damages for Sep 2016

 No of days in Sep = 30
 Performance security is Rs 64,80,00,000
 As per CA Clause 12.3.2 damages payable is 0.1% of performance security per day =
Rs 6,48,000
 Total damages payable = 30 X 6,48,000 = Rs 1,94,40,000
Page 179 of 264

7 Change of Scope proposals

Date of first Expected/
SN
Proposal Details submission Current status COS Amount Actual date
o
to AE of approval
Approved in principle by
Construction of [Flyover [DD/MM/YYYY Authority. Detailed [DD/MM/YYY
1 [+/- Amount]
Name] at [Chainage] ] quantitSCs in proper order Y]
yet to be submitted
Clarifications to be
Nallah diversion through [DD/MM/YYYY submitted by [DD/MM/YYY
2 [+/- Amount]
box culvert at [Chainage] ] Concessionaire, expected Y]
date [DD/MM/YYYY]
8 Status of pending disputes
Date of first Dispute

SN Current
Dispute Details submission to Suggested resolution by AE Amount (if
o stage
AE applicable)
Increased tollable
No merit in increasing tollable
length to be
1 [DD/MM/YYYY] length hence no action required NA SAROD
applicable in toll fee
by <Agency>
calculations
Filling stations B/w
<Agency>to consider the
energized without Concessiona
2 [DD/MM/YYYY] Concessionaire's request for [+/- Amount]
obtaining NOC from ire and
intervention and assistance
ministry <Agency>
Page 180 of 264

9 Reports
9.1 Monthly Toll Collection Report (Applicable only if project highway is tolled)
For Corresponding
TYPE OF VEHICLE month of previous For Previous Month For Current Month
year
No of Fee No of Fee Fee per No of Fee
vehicles Collected vehicles Collected vehicle vehicles Collected
Single 3845 384500 4659 465,900.00 100 4289 428,900.00
A Car Return 1506 218370 1972 295,800.00 150 1758 263,700.00
Local 769 38450 979 48,950.00 50 1029 51,450.00
Single 1521 243360 1312 209,920.00 160 1399 223,840.00
B LCV Return 134 31490 162 38,880.00 240 132 31,680.00
Local 1683 134640 1838 147,040.00 80 1461 116,880.00
Single 2404 793386 2284 765,207.00 201 2349 786,915.00
C Bus Return 359 177903 173 87,567.00 303 203 102,717.00
Local 277 45738 205 34,782.00 102 318 54,060.00
Single 1603 528924 1523 510,138.00 134 1566 524,610.00
D Truck Return 240 118602 116 58,378.00 202 136 68,478.00
Local 185 30492 136 23,188.00 68 212 36,040.00
Single 18990 6836400 16310 5,953,150.00 365 15127 5,521,355.00
E 3 Axle Return 131 70740 34 18,700.00 550 37 20,350.00
Local 69 12420 84 15,540.00 185 131 24,235.00
Single 16119 8381880 21111 11,188,830.00 530 18790 9,958,700.00
F MAV Return 2 1550 20 15,800.00 790 35 27,650.00
Local 6 1560 18 4,770.00 265 8 2,120.00
Single 1 630 27 17,280.00 640 36 23,040.00
Over
G Return 0 0 - 965 -
Size
Local 0 0 - 320 -
Total for the
49844 18,050,618 52963 19,898,834 49016 18,265,661
Month
Page 181 of 264

1
S No
Date
1/1/17
Chainage no
RHS pm
Time of accident
382/050 05:25
9.2 Accident Report
M
Sex (M/F)
A
2
Accident location
B
2
Nature of accident
C
3
Classification of accident
D
4
Causes
E
1
Load conditions of vehicle
F
1
Road condition
Page 182 of 264

-
G
Intersection type of control

H
Weather condition
I
Age of victim
J
Type of victim
K
Type of vehicle
-
Fatal
1
Major
persons
1
No of affected
Minor
Help provided by
Ambu
Mapping of report fields to responses
A 1. Urban 2. Rural
B 1. Overturned 2. Head On Collision 3. Hit from Back 4. Hit to Fix Object 5. Right turn Collision 6.
Left turn Collision 7. Veered Out off The Road 8. Hit Pedestrian 9. Unknown/Hit & Ran Away
C 1. Fatal 2. Major injury 3. Minor injury
D 1. Drunken 2. Over Speeding 3. Vehicle out of Control 4. Driven on wrong side 5. Mechanical
Problem 6. Drowsiness/Not Applicable 7. Fault of Driver
E 1. Normally Loaded 2. Overloaded/Handing 3. Empty 4. Unknown
F 1. Straight road 2. Slight Curve 3. Sharp Curve 4. Hump 5. Dip
G 1. T-Junction 2. Y-Junction 3. Four arm Junction 4. Staggered Junction 5. Junction with more
than 6. Round about Junction
H 1. Fine/Clear 2.Mist/Fog 3. Cloudy 4. Light Rain 5. Heavy Rain 6. Strong Wind 7. Dust Storm 8.
Cold 9. Hot
I 1. 0-18 Years 2. 18-25 Years 3. 25-40 Years 4.40-60 Years 5. 60-80 Years
J 1. Driver 2. Passenger 3. Pedestrian 4. Cyclist 5. Others
K 1. Two Wheeler 2. Auto Rickshaw 3. Car/Jeep 4. Bus 5. Light Truck 6. Heavy Truck 7. Tractor 8.
Bicycle 9. Cycle Rickshaw 10. Hand Drawn Cart 11. Animal Drawn Cart
Page 183 of 264

9.3 Details of complaints
Contact
Toll Complaint Name of the Details of Compliance by the
SNo Date details of
plaza No person complaint concessionaire
person
Mr. Shailendra Mr. Shailendra
Gurjar, LIG- Complaints
44,RSS regarding Pot holes Pot holes are
1 81 8/9/2016
mohalla, on the Highway repaired
Shivaji Nagar, may cause
Bhopal (M.P.) accidents.
Dr. Diwakar
Animals are
Dr. Anil complaints that
continuously driven
Diwakar, HIG presence of
out from the Road
Swarganga Animals and also
2 82 10/9/2016 by the Highway
Complex Bus Pot holes on road
Patrolling team and
Stand Seoni are obstructing the
Pot holes are
(M.P.) driving which may
repaired.
cause accidents.
The Exemption
under Indian Toll
(Army and Air
Maj. Sidharth while force) Act 1901, to
travelling in army personnel
Maj. Sidharth, personal car wants travelling in private
3 83 11/9/2016 238 Fd wksp Exemption from vehicle may be
C/o- 56 APO Toll Fee on given if on Govt.
production of I.D. duty with requisite
Card pass as specified in
the Indian Toll
(Army and Air
Force Rules, 1942)
Page 184 of 264

9.4 Encroachment list
Establishment (New/ existing)
Distance from road edge (m)

Category (Tea stall, Temple,
Encroachment width and

(Temporary/ Permanent)
Stretch Chainage (km)
Name of Encroacher
Encroachment type
Side (LHS/RHS)
District/
Village
length
Tehsil
SNo
etc)
212+50 Tea Vijay Kumar
1 LHS Kurnool Kurnool Temporary New 7 5mX3.5m
0 stall Reddy
213+20 Dinnedevara Godow 10.5m X
2 RHS Kurnool Permanent Existing 5 Buddana
0 Padu n 4m
9.5 Lane Closure Report
S.No Date Chainage (Km) Side Time of Closure Reasons for Lane Remarks
Closure & Approval
From To Details
215+30 215+35
1 9/9/2016 RHS 1pm-4pm Patch work
0 0
Page 185 of 264

10 Annexures
Annexure 1: Detailed visual inspection report of project highway
Assets to be covered- Pavement, Shoulder, Drainage, Median, Bridges, Road furniture,

Buildings, Horticulture, Service Road
Description of
SNo NCP/ SNo Date of issue Chainage Side AE Remarks
defect
1 311 15.08.2016 Potholes 311+200 LHS To be repaired
To be filled
2 312 15.08.2016 Cracking 311+500 RHS
immediately
3
4
Annexure 2 onwards:
AE should include comments, status update, data points and reports in following
annexures which have not been included elsewhere in the main report. Such reports
may include but not limited to:
 Minutes of review meeting
 Correspondence details
 Weather report
 Organizational chart of Concessionaire and AE
 Project photographs
Page 186 of 264

Annexure VII-OUTPUT FORMAT FROM NETWORK SURVEY VEHICLE AND FWD
TESTING
[NAME & LOGO OF IMPLEMENTING AGENCY]
[PROJECT NAME]
Authority Engineer
OUTPUT FROM NETWORK SURVEY VEHICLE AND FWD TESTING
Page 187 of 264

Table of contents
Contents Page Nos.
SECTION 1 ROAD INVENTORY DATA

161
1.1. Location Reference Post (LRP) Master 161

1.2. Carriageway Type 162
1.3. Road Type 162
1.4. Pavement Type 163
1.5. Pavement Width 164
1.6. Shoulder Type 165
1.7. Shoulder Width 166
1.8. Topography 166
1.9. Cross Section 167
1.10. Drain Type 168
1.11. Median Opening 169
1.12. Right Of Way 170
1.13. Pavement composition 171
1.14. Carriageway Furniture 173
1.15. Wayside Amenities 174
1.16. Land Use 175
SECTION 2 ROAD CONDITION DATA 176
2.1. Visual condition 176

2.2. Roughness 179
2.3. Rutting 180
2.4. Texture Depth 181
2.5. Skid Resistance 182
2.6. Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD) 183
2.7. Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD) Rigid 187
Page 188 of 264

Annexure VII: OUTPUT FORMAT FROM NETWORK SURVEY VEHICLE AND FWD
TESTING (SECTION 1: TESTING AT TIME OF COMPLETION, SECTION 2: FWD
ATTRIBUTES - ANNUALLY, BALANCE PARAMETERS –BIANNUALLY AFTER
CONSTRUCTION PHASE)
In addition to the reports being submitted on equipment based inspection as specified in

Section 4.2 of the Monthly Progress Report in the O&M phase, the Authority Engineer (AE)
shall submit electronically in excel (.xls) format certain key parameters to the Project
Director in the following format.
Worksheets under Section 1 (‘Road inventory data’) shall be updated from surveys conducted
only once at the time of completion testing. Worksheets under Section 2 (‘Road condition
data’) shall be updated from surveys carried out annually for FWD attributes and biannually
for the remaining attributes.
The fields to be updated in each of the worksheets are described below. Each description is
followed by an example of data for a sample project.
SECTION 1 - ROAD INVENTORY DATA
Road inventory data consists of parameters which provide basic information about roads
such as pavement type, number of lanes, topography, etc. These parameters are largely static
in nature, and therefore a survey to update this dataset shall be conducted only once at the
time of completion testing. The road inventory data shall be used to update specific
worksheets listed below.
1.1 Location Reference Post (LRP) Master
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘LRP Master’ attribute.
The descriptions of the fields are given below.
Field Description Example

NH Number New National Highway number NH0065
LRP Name Name of location reference post (LRP) Km stone 17
Chainage Chainage of the survey point (in km) 17
Direction Direction of survey Increasing
 Increasing (chainage)
 Decreasing (chainage)
Latitude Latitude of survey point 9.98897
Longitude Longitude of survey point 78.02671
Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17
Old NH Number Old National Highway number NH0065
Section Code HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Code indicating starting and ending locations of section
Vijayawada)
Page 189 of 264

A sample output is shown below for reference
NH Survey Old NH Section

LRP Name Chainage Direction Latitude Longitude Altitude
Number Date Number Code
NH0xxx Road Start 1.230 Increasing 9.98897 78.02671 63.07767 23-12-15 NH0yyy ABC-DEF
NH0xxx Km Stone 8 8.000 Increasing 9.98444 78.02934 68.60126 23-12-15 NH0yyy ABC-DEF
NH0xxx Km Stone 9.008 Increasing 9.98107 78.03078 65.17153 23-12-15 NH0yyy ABC-DEF
NH0xxx Km Stone 12.012 Increasing 9.96328 78.04160 56.03436 23-12-15 NH0yyy ABC-DEF
1.2 Carriageway Type
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Carriageway Type’
attribute. The descriptions of the fields are given below.
HYD-VIJ
Section Code Code indicating starting and ending locations of section (Hyderabad-
Vijayawada)
Start Chainage Chainage of the start point (in km) 0.500
End Chainage Chainage of the end point (in km) 1.500
Type of carriageway, classified into one of the below Divided
categories:
Carriageway Type
 Divided
 Undivided
A sample output is shown below for reference
Start End Carriageway Date of

NHNumber Section Latitude Longitude
Chainage Chainage Type Survey
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.794 Undivided 06-05-17 9.98897 78.02671
Page 190 of 264

1.3 Road Type
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Road Type’ attribute.

HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Section Code Code indicating starting and ending locations of section
Vijayawada)
Classification of road on basis of number of lanes Four Lane
 Single Lane
 Two Lane
Road Type
 Intermediate Lane
 Four Lane
 Six Lane
A sample output is shown below for reference:
Start End Date of

NHNumber Section RoadType Latitude Longitude
Chainage Chainage Survey
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.794 Two Lane 06-05-17 9.98897 78.02671
1.4 Pavement Type
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Pavement Type’

HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Vijayawada)
Direction of survey Increasing
Direction  Increasing (chainage)
Pavement Type Classification of pavement based on type of surface: Asphalt
Page 191 of 264

 Asphalt
 Cement concrete
Start End Pavement Date of

NHNumber Section Direction Latitude Longitude
Chainage Chainage Type Survey
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.804 Both Asphalt 06-05-17 9.98897 78.02671
1.5 Pavement Width
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Pavement Width’

HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Vijayawada)
Width of the pavement in metres, classified into one of >7m and <10.5m
the below categories
 >= 3.75m and < 5.5m
Pavement Width  >5.5m and < 7m
 >= 7m and < 10.5m
 >=10.5m and <=12.5m
 > 12.5m
Width of the pavement in metres, rounded to two places 7.0
Pavement Width Value
after decimal
Page 192 of 264

Section Start End Pavement Pavement Survey

NH Number Direction Latitude Longitude
Code Chainage Chainage Width Width Value Date
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.794 Both 7 – 10.5 m 7.00 06-05-17 9.98897 78.02671
1.6 Shoulder Type
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Shoulder Type’

HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Section Code Vijayawada)

Direction  Decreasing (chainage)
Type of shoulder, classified into one of the below Gravel
categories:
 None
 Paved
 Gravel
Shoulder Type  Earth
Section End
NH Number Start Chainage Direction ShoulderType Survey Date Latitude Longitude
Code Chainage
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.763 Increasing No Shoulder 09-01-16 9.98897 78.02671
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.763 0.834 Increasing Gravel 09-01-16 9.98444 78.02934
Page 193 of 264

1.7 Shoulder Width
The following table lists the fields for the ‘Shoulder Width’ attribute, which need to be
populated. The descriptions of the fields are given below.

HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-

Width of the shoulder in metres, classified into one of < 1m
the below categories
 No shoulder
 < 1m
 >= 1m and <= 2m
Shoulder Width  > 2m
Width of the shoulder in metres, rounded to one place 0.5
Shoulder Width Value after decimal
Shoulder
Section Start End Shoulder Survey
NH Number Direction Width Latitude Longitude
Code Chainage Chainage Width Date
Value
No
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.785 Increasing 0.0 03-01-16 9.98897 78.02671
Shoulder
No
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.785 2.612 Increasing 0.0 03-01-16 9.98444 78.02934
Shoulder
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 2.612 3.170 Increasing 1-2m 2.0 03-01-16 9.98341 78.03004
1.8 Topography
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Topography’ attribute.

Code indicating starting and ending locations of HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Section Code section Vijayawada)
Page 194 of 264


Topography of the road, classified into one of the Flat
below categories
 Flat
 Rolling
Topography  Hilly
Section Start End Survey

NH Number Topography Latitude Longitude
Code Chainage Chainage Date
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.808 Flat 05-01-16 9.98897 78.02671
1.9 Cross Section
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Cross Section’

HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-

Cross section type, classified into one of the below Fill
categories
 Cut
 Fill
 Cut and Fill
Cross Section  Level
Page 195 of 264

Section Start End

NH Number Direction Cross Section Survey Date Latitude Longitude
Code Chainage Chainage
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.822 Increasing Level 03-01-16 9.98897 78.02671
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 5.360 5.715 Increasing Fill 03-01-16 9.96328 78.04160
1.10 Drain Type
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Drain Type’ attribute.

HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-

Type of drain, classified into one of the below Open lined drain
categories
 Open unlined drain
 Open lined drain
 Covered line drain
Drain Type  No drain
NHNumber SectionCode StartChainage EndChainage Direction DrainType SurveyDate Latitude Longitude

Open Unlined
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.069 Increasing 09-01-16 9.98897 78.02671
Drain
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.069 0.782 Increasing Open Lined Drain 09-01-16 9.98444 78.02934
Open Unlined
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.288 0.000 Decreasing 09-01-16 9.98341 78.03004
Drain
Open Unlined
Drain
Open Unlined
Drain
Open Unlined
Drain
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 1.929 0.288 Decreasing Open Unlined 09-01-16 9.93102 78.05648
Page 196 of 264

NHNumber SectionCode StartChainage EndChainage Direction DrainType SurveyDate Latitude Longitude
Drain
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 1.952 1.929 Decreasing No Drain 09-01-16 9.91229 78.04961
Open Unlined
Drain
Open Unlined
Drain
Open Unlined
Drain
Open Unlined
Drain
Covered Line
Drain
Open Unlined
Drain
Open Unlined
Drain
Open Unlined
Drain
1.11 Median Opening
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Median Opening’

HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-

Type of median, classified into one of the below Raised
categories
 Raised;
 Depressed;
 Barrier;
Median Type  None.
Width of the median in metres, rounded to one place 0.5
Median Width after decimal
Section Start End Median Median Survey

NHNumber Direction Latitude Longitude
Code Chainage Chainage Type Width Date
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.794 Both Raised 0.5 05-01-16 9.98897 78.02671
Page 197 of 264

NH00xx ABC-DEF 1.000 2.810 Both No Median 0.0 05-01-16 9.98341 78.03004
1.12 Right Of Way
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Right of Way’ attribute.

HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-

Row Width Width of Right of Way (in metres) 24
Remarks
Section Start End ROW Survey

NHNumber Direction Remarks Latitude Longitude
Code Chainage Chainage Width Date
NH0xxx ABC-DEF 0.000 1.000 Increasing 28 05-05-15 9.98897 78.02671
1.13 Pavement composition
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Pavement composition’

HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Vijayawada)
Page 198 of 264

Type of pavement Asphalt
Pavement Type  Asphalt
 Cement concrete
Bituminous Surface Type of bituminous surface course BC
Course Type
Bituminous Surface Thickness of BSC layer in mm 40
Course Thickness MM
BSC Construction Year Year of construction of BSC layer in flexible pavements 2015
Bituminous Base Type of bituminous base course DBM
Course Type
Bituminous Base Thickness of BBC layer in mm 100
Course Thick—ness
BBC Construction Year Year of construction of BBC layer in flexible pavements 2015
Granular Base Type Type of granular base WMM
Granular Base Thick- Thickness of GB layer in mm 250
ness
GB Construction Year Year of construction of GB layer in flexible pavements 2015
Pavement Quality Type of pavement quality concrete PQC
Concrete Type
Pavement Quality Thickness of PQC layer in mm 300
Concrete Thickness
PQC Construction Year Year of construction of PQC layer in rigid pavements 2015
Dry Lean Concrete Thickness of DLC layer in mm 100
Thickness MM
Dry Lean Concrete Type Type of dry lean concrete DLC
DLC Construction Year Year of construction of DLC layer in rigid pavements 2015
Granular Sub Base Type of granular sub base GSB
Type
Granular Sub Base Thickness of GSB layer in mm 200
Thickness
GSB Construction Year Year of construction of GSB layer 2014
Design CBR Design CBR of the subgrade, expressed in % 5%
Bitumino
Bituminou Bituminou BSC Bitumino BBC Granular
Sec- Start End us Base Granul
NH Direc- Paveme s Surface s Surface Constru us Base Constru Base
tion Chai Chai Course ar Base
No. tion nt Type Course Course c-tion Course c-tion Thickne
Code nage nage Thicknes Type
Type Thickness Year Type Year ss
s
NH00x ABC- Both
0.0 5.0 Asphalt BC 40.0 2015 DBM 100 2015 WMM 250
x DEF side
NH00x ABC- Both
x DEF side
NH00x ABC- Both
11.0 20.0 Asphalt SDBC 25.0 2015 BM 115 2015 WMM 250
x DEF side
Page 199 of 264

NH00x ABC- Both
x DEF side
NH00x ABC- Both
22.0 30.0 Asphalt SDBC 25.0 2015 BM 115 2015 WMM 250
x DEF side
NH00x ABC- Both
x DEF side
(table continued…)
Paveme
Dry
Paveme nt Granula
GB PQC Lean Dry DLC Granul GSB
nt Quality r
Constr Constr Concret Lean Constr ar Constru Desig Survey Latit Longit
Quality Concret SubBase
uction uction e Concret uction SubBas ction n CBR Date ude ude
Concret e Thickne
Year Year Thickn e Type Year e Type Year
e Type Thickne ss
ess
ss
05-05-
2015 NA NA NA NA NA NA GSB 300 2015 5% 9.99 78.03
15
05-05-
15
05-05-
15
05-05-
15
05-05-
15
05-05-
15
1.14 Carriageway Furniture
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Carriageway Furniture’

HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Vijayawada)
Chainage Chainage of the point (in km) 0.500
Wayside amenities classified into one of the below Road sign
categories:
 Crash barriers
Wayside Amenity Type
 Signs
 Street Lights
 Km stone
NHNumber SectionCode Chainage Direction EventType SurveyDate Latitude Longitude
Page 200 of 264

Street Light
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.012 Increasing 03-01-16 9.98897 78.02671
Start
Street Light
End
NH00xx ABC-DEF 2.491 Decreasing Road Sign 03-01-16 9.98341 78.03004
NH00xx ABC-DEF 3.496 Increasing Road Sign 03-01-16 9.96328 78.04160
NH00xx ABC-DEF 5.160 Increasing Road Sign 03-01-16 9.95385 78.05255
1.15 Wayside Amenities
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Wayside Amenities’

HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Vijayawada)
Wayside amenities classified into one of the below Restaurant/Motel
categories:
 Bus shelter;
 Culverts;
 Restaurant/Motel;
 Toilet/Public convenience;
 Rest Rooms for short stay;
Wayside Amenity
 Toll Plaza;
 First aid/Medical centre;
 Telephone booth;
 Petrol pump/minor repair shop (optional);
 Police Station;
 Temple /Mosque;
 Bridges.
Data Source
Remarks
NH Section Chainage Direction Wayside Survey Data Remarks Latitude Longitude
Page 201 of 264

Number Code Amenity Date Source
Restaurant/
Motel
Restaurant/
Motel
NH00xx ABC-DEF 5.524 Increasing Petrol Pump 05-01-16 9.98341 78.03004
Restaurant/
Motel
1.16 Land Use
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Land Use’ attribute.

HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Vijayawada)
Land use classified into one of the below categories: Commercial
 Residential;
 Commercial;
Land Use  Industrial;
 Agricultural;
 Water bodies;
 Mixed.
NHNumber SectionCode StartChainage EndChainage Direction LandUse SurveyDate Latitude Longitude

NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.797 Increasing Mixed 03-01-16 9.98897 78.02671
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.511 0 Decreasing Mixed 03-01-16 9.98444 78.02934
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.797 2.699 Increasing Mixed 03-01-16 9.98341 78.03004
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.835 0.511 Decreasing Mixed 03-01-16 9.98107 78.03078
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.987 0.835 Decreasing Mixed 03-01-16 9.96328 78.04160
NH00xx ABC-DEF 1.641 0.987 Decreasing Agriculture 03-01-16 9.95385 78.05255
Barren
NH00xx ABC-DEF 2.081 1.641 Decreasing 03-01-16 9.93102 78.05648
Land
NH00xx ABC-DEF 2.699 3.234 Increasing Agriculture 03-01-16 9.88489 78.02995
Page 202 of 264

SECTION 2 - ROAD CONDITION DATA
Road condition data consists of parameters which directly affect maintenance requirements
of the road. These parameters are dynamic in nature, and therefore a survey to update this
dataset shall be conducted annually for FWD testing and every six months as per Annexure IV
for network survey vehicle testing. The first survey shall be conducted at the time of
completion testing and the remaining surveys shall be conducted as per the defined
frequency.
As an example, if majority of highway length (>50%) passes through a state, where defined
survey months are May and November, if completion testing is conducted in April, then the
first network survey shall be conducted in the month of April. This shall be considered as the
network survey to be conducted in the month of May. The 2nd survey shall be conducted in
the month of November, the 3rd survey shall be conducted in the month of May and so on. As
regards FWD, the first test/survey shall be conducted at the time of completion in April. The
2nd test/survey shall be conducted in April of next year and so on.
The road condition data shall be used to update specific worksheets, which are listed below.
2.1 Visual condition
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Visual Condition’

HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Vijayawada)
Number of the lane: L1, L2, R1, R2, etc., L1 being 1st L1
Lane Number lane on the left from centreline of carriageway, L2 being
2nd lane on the left from centerline and so on
Percent of pavement area affected by ravelling, which 2
is converted to the following rating scale:
 1 - Very Poor (> 30%)
Ravelling  2 - Poor (11-30%)
 3 - Fair (6-10%)
 4 - Good (1-5%)
 5 - Very Good (0%)
No. of potholes, which is converted to the following 1
rating scale:
Pot Holes  1 - Very Poor (> 5)
 2 - Poor (3-5)
 3 - Fair (2)
Page 203 of 264

 4 - Good (1)
 5 - Very Good (0)
Pavement area containing edge breaks, which is 3
converted to the following rating scale:
 1 - Very Poor (> 5m2)
Edge Break  2 - Poor (1-5m2)
 3 - Fair (0.5-1m2)
 4 - Good (0-0.5m2)
 5 - Very Good (0m2)
Percent of pavement area affected by cracking, which 3
 1 - Very Poor (> 30%)
Cracking  2 - Poor (21-30%)
 3 - Fair (11-20%)
 4 - Good (5-10%)
 5 - Very Good (<5%)
Percent of pavement area affected by disintegration, 2
which is converted to the following rating scale:
 1 - Very Poor (> 50%)
Disintegration  2 - Poor (20-50%)
 3 - Fair (10-20%)
 4 - Good (1-10%)
 5 - Very Good (<1%)
Percent of pavement area affected by depression, 5
which is converted to the following rating scale:
 1 - Very Poor (> 5%)
Depression  2 - Poor (3-5%)
 3 - Fair (1-2%)
 4 - Good (0-1%)
 5 - Very Good (0)
Percent of pavement area affected by bleeding, which 3
 1 - Very Poor (> 50%)
Bleeding  2 - Poor (20-50%)
 3 - Fair (10-20%)
 4 - Good (1-10%)
 5 - Very Good (<1%)
Percent of pavement area affected by patching, which 4
 1 - Very Poor (> 30%)
Patching  2 - Poor (16-30%)
 3 - Fair (6-15%)
 4 - Good (2-5%)
 5 - Very Good (<2%)
Page 204 of 264

Condition of the drain, which is converted to the 2
following rating scale:
Drain Condition  1 - Poor
 2 - Fair
 3 - Good
Condition of the shoulder, which is converted to the Fair
following rating scale:
Shoulder Condition  1 - Poor
 2 - Fair
 3 - Good
Start End Lane

NHNumber Section Direction Ravelling PotHoles EdgeBreak Cracking
Chainage Chainage Number
NH00xx ABC-DEF 0.000 0.500 Increasing L1 4 4 4 4
Drain Date of
Disintegration Depression Bleeding Patching ShoulderCondition Latitude Longitude
Condition Survey
4 4 4 4 2 2 06-05-17 9.98897 78.02671
4 4 4 4 2 2 06-05-17 9.98444 78.02934
5 5 5 4 2 2 06-05-17 9.98341 78.03004
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.98107 78.03078
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.96328 78.04160
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.95385 78.05255
5 5 5 5 2 3 06-05-17 9.93102 78.05648
4 4 4 4 2 3 06-05-17 9.91229 78.04961
4 4 4 4 2 2 06-05-17 9.89041 78.03458
Page 205 of 264

Drain Date of
Disintegration Depression Bleeding Patching ShoulderCondition Latitude Longitude
Condition Survey
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.88489 78.02995
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.87474 78.02828
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.87363 78.02744
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.84857 78.01535
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.83764 78.00392
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.83711 77.98576
5 5 5 5 1 2 06-05-17 9.83386 77.97729
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.81804 77.97875
5 5 5 5 2 2 06-05-17 9.77426 77.98129
5 4 4 4 2 2 06-05-17 9.73071 77.97999
5 5 5 3 2 2 06-05-17 9.68686 77.97017
2.2 Roughness
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Roughness’ attribute.

HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Vijayawada)
LwpIri International roughness index (IRI) of left wheel path 2.33
measured from laser profilometer
RwpIri International roughness index (IRI) of right wheel path 1.97
measured from laser profilometer
LaneIri Average of the International roughness index (IRI) of 2.15
left and right wheel paths
Speed Speed of vehicle in km/h 42
Survey Date Date of survey in the format <DD-MM-YYYY> 06-05-17
NH Section Start End Lane Survey

Direction LwpIri RwpIri LaneIri Speed Latitude Longitude
Number Code Chainage Chainage Number Date
ABC- 06-05-
NH00xx 0.0 0.1 Increasing L1 3.31 5.16 4.24 20 9.98897 78.02671
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
NH00xx ABC- 0.3 0.4 Increasing L1 2.17 2.37 2.27 46 06-05- 9.98107 78.03078
Page 206 of 264

DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
2.3 Rutting
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Rutting’ attribute. The
descriptions of the fields are given below.
HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Vijayawada)
Number of the lane: L1, L2, R1, R2, etc., L1 being 1 st L1
Rutting Left Rut depth in mm, measured from left wheel path 20
Rutting Right Rut depth in mm, measured from left wheel path 18
Rutting Avg Average rut depth measured from left and right wheel 19
paths
NH Section Start End Lane Rutting Rutting Rutting Survey

Direction Speed Latitude Longitude
Number Code Chainage Chainage Number Left Right Avg Date
ABC- 06-05-
NH00xx 0.0 0.5 Increasing L1 15 14 15 20 9.98897 78.02671
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
Page 207 of 264

ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
2.4 Texture Depth
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Texture Depth’

HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Vijayawada)
Number of the lane: L1, L2, R1, R2, etc., L1 being 1 st L1
Texture Left Texture depth of pavement in mm, measured from left 0.40
wheel path
Texture Right Texture depth of pavement in mm, measured from left 0.30
wheel path
Texture Average Average texture depth measured from left and right 0.35
wheel paths
NH Section Start End Lane Texture Texture Texture Survey

Number Code Chainage Chainage Number Left Right Average Date
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
Page 208 of 264

NH Section Start End Lane Texture Texture Texture Survey
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
2.5 Skid Resistance
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘Skid Resistance’

HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Vijayawada)
Number of the lane: L1, L2, R1, R2, etc., L1 being 1st L1
Skid Left Skid resistance of pavement measured as skid number, 25
measured from left wheel path
Skid Right Skid resistance of pavement measured as skid 24
number, measured from left wheel path
Skid Average Average skid resistance measured from left and right 24.5
wheel paths
NH Section Start End Lane Skid Skid Skid Survey

ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
Page 209 of 264

ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
ABC- 06-05-
DEF 17
2.6 Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD)
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘FWD’ attribute. The
descriptions of the fields are given below.

HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Vijayawada)
Chainage Chainage of survey point (in km) 0.500
Number of the lane: L1, L2, R1, R2, etc., L1 being 1st lane on the L1
Lane Number left from centreline of carriageway, L2 being 2nd lane on the left
from centerline and so on
Air Temperature Air temperature recorded in °C 33
Surface Temperature Temperature of the pavement surface, recorded in °C 39.3
Peak Load Peak impulse load, measured in kN 45.7
Deflection0 Surface deflection at the test load center, measured in micron 246
Surface deflection at location 1 from the test load center,
Deflection1
measured in micron 110
Distance1 Distance of location 1 from the test load center 300

Deflection2

Deflection3

Deflection4
Deflection5
Page 210 of 264

Deflection6
Deflection7
Deflection8
Elastic Modulus Elastic modulus of bituminous layer, back calculated in MPa
BituminousE1 3359
Elastic Modulus Elastic modulus of granular layer, backcalculated in MPa
GranularE2 396
Elastic Modulus Elastic modulus of subgrade, back calculated in MPa
SubGradeE3 90
Corrected Elastic Corrected elastic modulus of bituminous layer in MPa
Modulus BituminousE1 3424
Corrected Elastic Corrected elastic modulus of granular layer in MPa
Modulus GranularE2 300
CorrectedElasticModulu Corrected elastic modulus of subgrade in MPa
sSubGradeE3 69
Bituminous Layer Thickness of bituminous layer in mm 105
Base Layer Thickness of base layer in mm 230
GSB Layer Thickness of GSB layer in mm 200
Subgrade CBR CBR of subgrade 0.08
BituminousLayerCoeffici Layer coefficient of the bituminous layer
entA1 0.36
BaseLayerCoefficientA2 Layer coefficient of the base layer 0.17
GranularBaseLayerCoef Layer coefficient of the GSB layer
ficientA3 0.17
Structural Number Structural number of the pavement 3.86
Modified Structural Modified structural number including contribution from subgrade
Number 4.85
Pea
NH Lane Air Surface
Sectio Chainag Directio k Deflection Deflection Locatio Deflection
Numbe Numbe Temperatur Temperatur
n Code e n Loa 0 1 n1 2
r r e e
d
ABC-
NH00xx 0.500 RHS R2 32.6 43.7 45.7 333 188 300 243
DEF
ABC-
NH00xx 1.000 LHS L1 29.9 32.6 45.4 317 163 300 217
DEF
NH00xx ABC- 1.499 RHS R1 33.0 39.3 45.7 246 110 300 153
Page 211 of 264

DEF
ABC-
NH00xx 2.000 LHS L2 28.7 32.4 46.0 293 130 300 187
DEF
ABC-
NH00xx 2.500 RHS R2 33.7 45.8 45.3 429 232 300 316
DEF
ABC-
NH00xx 3.000 LHS L1 29.0 33.0 45.7 343 204 300 252
DEF
ABC-
NH00xx 3.500 RHS R1 33.5 45.4 44.5 373 194 300 268
DEF
ABC-
NH00xx 4.010 LHS L2 28.9 33.5 45.0 348 201 300 254
DEF
ABC-
NH00xx 4.500 RHS R2 33.3 40.3 46.0 393 241 300 301
DEF
Locatio Deflection Locatio Deflection Locatio Deflection Locatio Deflection Locatio Deflection Locatio Deflection
n2 3 n3 4 n4 5 n5 6 n6 7 n7 8
600 180 900 128 1200 102 1500 75 1800 58 2100 42

600 158 900 104 1200 70 1500 48 1800 38 2100 28
600 110 900 76 1200 59 1500 44 1800 35 2100 28
600 126 900 81 1200 62 1500 44 1800 32 2100 23
600 227 900 152 1200 116 1500 86 1800 71 2100 58
600 196 900 144 1200 117 1500 85 1800 65 2100 48
600 187 900 118 1200 83 1500 47 1800 31 2100 22
600 198 900 135 1200 105 1500 64 1800 42 2100 26
600 231 900 162 1200 123 1500 82 1800 62 2100 46
Sub
Loca ElasticMod ElasticMod ElasticMod CorrectedElastic CorrectedElasti CorrectedElasti Bitumi Bas GS gra
tion ulusBitumi ulusGranul ulusSubGra ModulusBitumin cModulusGran cModulusSubGr nousL eLa BLa de
8 nousE1 arE2 deE3 ousE1 ularE2 adeE3 ayer yer yer CB
R
2400 6213 185 100 6447 135 78 105 230 200 0.08
2400 5356 195 100 5295 143 78 105 230 200 0.08
2400 3359 396 90 3424 300 69 105 230 200 0.08
2400 4830 226 100 4770 169 78 105 230 200 0.08
2400 4570 137 97 4781 93 75 105 230 200 0.08
2400 8454 135 100 8374 91 78 105 230 200 0.08
2400 4394 165 100 4590 117 78 105 230 200 0.08
2400 7817 139 96 7762 95 74 105 230 200 0.08
2400 7666 123 95 7847 81 73 105 230 200 0.08
Granular Base Modified

Bituminous Layer Base Layer Structural Survey
Layer Coefficient Structural Latitude Longitude
Coefficient A1 CoefficientA2 Number Date
A3 Number
0.45 0.13 0.13 3.68 4.82 01-07-16 9.98897 78.02671
0.42 0.13 0.13 3.56 4.70 23-06-16 9.98444 78.02934
0.36 0.17 0.17 3.86 4.85 01-07-16 9.98341 78.03004
0.41 0.14 0.14 3.65 4.79 23-06-16 9.98107 78.03078
Page 212 of 264

0.41 0.11 0.11 3.24 4.34 01-07-16 9.96328 78.04160
0.49 0.11 0.11 3.58 4.72 23-06-16 9.95385 78.05255
0.40 0.12 0.12 3.34 4.48 01-07-16 9.93102 78.05648
0.48 0.12 0.12 3.67 4.75 23-06-16 9.91229 78.04961
0.48 0.11 0.11 3.53 4.59 01-07-16 9.89041 78.03458
2.7 Falling Weight Deflectometer (FWD) Rigid
The following table lists the fields which need to be populated for the ‘FWD Rigid’ attribute.

Section Code HYD-VIJ (Hyderabad-
Vijayawada)
Lane Number Number of the lane: L1, L2, R1, R2, etc. L2
Air Temperature Air temperature recorded in °C 30.1
Surface Temperature Temperature of the pavement surface, recorded in °C 39.4
Peak Load Peak impulse load, measured in kN 103.7
Deflection1 Surface deflection at the test load center, measured in micron 140
Deflection2 Surface deflection at 300 mm from the test load center, measured
in micron 121
in micron 108
in micron 101
Concrete Slab Thickness of concrete slab, measured in mm
Thicknessh 300
Area of Deflection Basin Area of deflection basin, calculated from measured deflections, in
cm2 761
Radius of Relative Radius of relative stiffness, calculated in mm
Stiffness 823
NormalizedDeflectiond1 Normalized deflection at location 1, in mm 3.1
Modulus of Subgrade Modulus of subgrade reaction, measured in MPa/m 131
Reaction k
Elastic Modulus of Elastic modulus of concrete, calculated in MPa 26118
Concrete Ec
Cube Strength of Cube strength of concrete, calculated inMPa 27
Concrete fck
Flexural strength of Flexural strength of concrete, calculated in MPa 3.7
Page 213 of 264

concrete fmr
Date Of Testing Date of testing in the format <DD-MM-YY> 06-05-17
Pea Concrete
Sectio Chain Lan Air Surface
Directio k Deflectio Deflectio Deflectio Deflectio Slab
NH No n - e Temperatur Temperatur
n Loa n1 n2 n3 n 4 Thickness
Code -age No. e e
d h
NH00x ABC- 104.
0.0 LHS L2 29.0 34.9 167 143 130 119 300
x DEF 1
NH00x ABC- 104.
0.5 RHS R2 30.5 38.1 141 130 122 115 300
x DEF 4
NH00x ABC- 105.
1.0 LHS L1 30.0 35.6 147 111 100 91 300
x DEF 2
NH00x ABC- 102.
1.5 RHS R1 28.9 38.3 140 126 116 107 300
x DEF 4
NH00x ABC- 103.
2.0 LHS L2 30.1 39.4 140 121 108 101 300
x DEF 7
NH00x ABC- 104.
2.5 RHS R2 29.0 37.5 150 134 126 117 300
x DEF 6
NH00x ABC- 102.
3.0 LHS L1 30.6 38.9 124 109 104 92 300
x DEF 7
NH00x ABC- 105.
3.5 RHS R1 29.3 39.1 149 136 128 119 300
x DEF 9
NH00x ABC- 104.
4.5 RHS R2 30.3 41.0 138 127 121 114 300
x DEF 9
Modulu Flexura
Radius Elastic Cube
Area of Normaliz Normaliz Normaliz Normaliz s of l Date
of Modulu Strengt
Deflecti ed ed ed ed Subgra strengt Of Latitud Longitu
Relative s of h of
on Deflectio Deflectio Deflectio Deflectio de h of Testin e de
S Concre Concre
Basin n d1 n d2 n d3 n d4 Reactio concre g
tiffness te Ec te fck
nk te fmr
25-06- 9.9889 78.0267
759 816 3 3 2 2 112 21590 19 3
16 7 1
28-06- 9.9844 78.0293
821 1214 3 3 3 2 62 58161 135 8
16 4 4
25-06- 9.9834 78.0300
684 580 3 3 2 1 246 12051 6 2
16 1 4
28-06- 9.9810 78.0307
796 1014 3 3 3 2 87 39783 63 6
16 7 8
25-06- 9.9632 78.0416
761 823 3 3 2 2 131 26118 27 4
16 8 0
28-06- 9.9538 78.0525
800 1040 3 3 3 2 79 39908 64 6
16 5 5
25-06- 9.9310 78.0564
789 971 3 3 3 2 107 41290 68 6
16 2 8
28-06- 9.9122 78.0496
814 1150 3 3 3 2 66 50086 100 7
16 9 1
28-06- 9.8904 78.0345
826 1257 3 3 3 2 59 64082 164 9
16 1 8
Page 214 of 264

Page 215 of 264
Page 216 of 264
SECTION 7: DRAFT FORM OF CONTRACT
Note: This draft Agreement is a generic document and shall be modified based on
particularof the Project.
Page 217 of 264

Page 218 of 264
CONTRACT FOR CONSULTANT’S SERVICES
Between
(Name of Client)
And
(Name of Consultant)
Dated:
Page 219 of 264

CONTENTS
Page No.
I. FORM OF CONTRACT ……………………………………..

II GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT ……………….
1. General Provisions ……………………………………….
1.1 Definitions
1.2 Relation between the Parties
1.3 Law Governing the Contract
1.4 Language
1.5 Headings
1.6 Notices
1.7 Location
1.8 Authority of Member in charge
1.9 Authorized Representatives
1.10 Taxes and Duties
2. Commencement, Completion, Modification, and Termination of Contract
2.1 Effectiveness of Contract ………………………………….

2.2 Termination of Contract for Failure to Become Effective
2.3 Commencement of Services
2.4 Expiration of Contract
2.5 Entire Agreement
2.6 Modification
2.7 Force Majeure
2.7.1 Definition…………………………………………..
2.7.2 No Breach of Contract ……………………………..
2.7.3 Measures to be taken
2.7.4 Extension of Time
2.7.5 Payments
2.7.6 Consultation
2.8 Suspension…………………………………………………
2.9 Termination ………………………………………..
2.9.1 By the Client ………………………………
2.9.2 By the Consultants ………………………..
2.9.3 Cessation of Rights and Obligations ………
2.9.4 Cessation of Services ………………………
2.9.5 Payment upon Termination ………………..
2.9.6 Disputes about Events of Termination …….
3. Obligations of the Consultants ……………………
3.1 General
3.1.1 Standard of Performance…………..
3.1.2 Law Governing Services …………..
Page 220 of 264

3.2 Conflict of Interests ……………………….
3.2.1 Consultants not to Benefit from Commissions,
Discounts, etc. ……..
3.2.2 Procurement Rules of Funding Agencies
3.2.3 Consultants and Affiliates Not to Engage in certain
Activities …………..
3.2.4 Prohibition of Conflicting Activities …
3.3 Confidentiality ………………………………..
3.4 Liability of the Consultants …………………..
3.5 Insurance to be Taken out by the Consultants …
3.6 Accounting, Inspection and Auditing ………….
3.7 Consultant’s Actions requiring Client’s prior Approval
3.8 Reporting Obligations …………………………..
3.9 Documents prepared by the Consultants ……….
To Be the Property of the Client ………………..
3.10 Equipment and Materials Furnished by the Client
4. Consultants’ Personnel and Sub-consultants ……………………..
4.1 General …………………………………………………
4.2 Description of Personnel …………………………
4.3 Approval of Personnel ……………………………
4.4 Working Hours, Overtime, Leave etc.
4.5 Removal and /or Replacement of Personnel ……………
4.6 Resident Project Manager ………………………….
5. Obligations of the Client ………………………………….
5.1 Assistance and Exemptions …………….
5.2 Access to Land ………………………….
5.3 Change in the Applicable Law ………….
5.4 Services, Facilities and Property of the Client
5.5 Payment …………………………………
5.6 Counterpart Personnel………………….
6. Payments to the Consultants ……………………………..
6.1 Cost Estimates, Ceiling Amount ……………….
6.2 Remuneration and Reimbursable Expenditures…
6.3 Currency of Payment …………………………..
6.4 Mode of Billing and Payment ………………….
7. Fairness and Good Faith
7.1. Good Faith
7.2. Operation of the Contract
8.1. Amicable Settlement
8.2. Dispute Settlement
.
III SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT ……………………
Page 221 of 264

IV APPENDICES Page No.
Appendix A : Description of the Services ……………..
Appendix B : Reporting Requirements …………………
Appendix C : Key Personnel and Sub-consultants
Appendix D : Medical Certificate ……………………….
Appendix E : Hours of Work for Key Personnel ……….
Appendix F : Duties of the Client ………………………
Appendix G: Cost Estimates
Appendix H : Form of Performance Bank Guarantee
Appendix I : Form of Bank Guarantee for Advance Payments
Appendix J : Letter of invitation
Appendix K : Letter of Award
Appendix L : Minutes of pre-bid meeting ……………
Appendix-M : Memorandum of Understanding (in case of JV)
V ANNEXURES..…………………………………………
Page 222 of 264

I. FORM OF CONTRACT
COMPLEX TIME BASED ASSIGNMENTS
This CONTRACT (hereinafter called the “Contract”) is made the______ day of the Month of
__________, 201__, between, on the one hand __________________________(hereinafter Called the
“Client) and, on the other hand __________________ hereinafter called the “Consultants”)
[Note*: If the Consultants consist of more than one entity, the above should be partially
amended to read as follows:
“…(hereinafter called the “Client”)and, on the other hand, a joint venture consisting of the
following entities, each of which will be jointly severally liable to the Client for all the
Consultants’ obligations under this Contract, namely,
______________________________________________________________________________ and
_________________________________________________________________(hereinafter called“ Consultants”)]
WHEREAS
(a) the Client has requested the Consultants to provide certain consulting services as
defined in the General Conditions of Contract attached to this Contract (hereinafter
called the “Services”);
(b) the Consultants, having represented to the Client that they have the required
processional skills ,and personnel and technical resources ,have agreed to provide
the Services on the terms and conditions set forth in this Contract;
NOW THEREFORE the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. The following documents attached hereto shall be deemed to form an integral part of
this Contract:
(a) The General Conditions of Contract (hereinafter called “GC”)’
(b) The Special Conditions of Contract (hereinafter called “SC”);
(c) The following Appendices:
[Note: If any of these Appendices are not used, the words “Not Used” should be inserted
below next to the title of the Appendix on the sheet attached hereto carrying the title of that
Appendix].
Appendix A : Description of the Services

Appendix B : Reporting Requirements
Appendix C : Key Personnel and Sub-consultants
Appendix D : Medical Certificate
Appendix E : Hours of Work for Key Personnel
Appendix F : Duties of the Client
Appendix G : Cost Estimates
Page 223 of 264

Appendix H : Form of Performance Bank Guarantee
Appendix I : Form of Bank Guarantee for Advance Payments
Appendix J : Letter of invitation
Appendix K : Letter of Award
Appendix-L : Minutes of pre-Bid Meeting
Appendix-M : Memorandum of Understanding (in case of JV)
2. The mutual rights and obligations of the Client and the Consultants shall be as set
forth in the Contract; in particular
(a) The Consultants shall carry out the Services in accordance with the provisions
of the Contract; and
(b) The Client shall make payments to the Consultants in accordance with the
Provisions of the Contract.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Contract to be signed in their
respective names as of the day and year first above written.
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF

[NAME OF THE CLIENT]
By
(Authorized Representative)
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF

[NAME OF THE CONSULTANTS]
By
[Note: If the Consultants consist of more than one entity, all of these entities should appear as
signatures, e.g. in the following manner ]
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF EACH OF

THE MEMBERS OF THE CONSULTANTS
[Name of the Member]

By
[Name of the Member]

By
Page 224 of 264

II. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
1. General Provisions
Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms whenever used in this
Contract have the following meanings:
1.1 Definitions
(a) “ApplicableLaw”meansthelawsandanyotherinstrumentshavingtheforceof law

in the Government’s country [or in such other country as may be specified in
the Special Conditions of Contract (SC)], as they may be issued and in force
from time to time.
(b) “Contract means the Contract signed by the Parties, to which these General
Conditions of Contract are attached, together with all the documents listed in
Clause 1 of such signed Contract;
(c) “Effective Date’ means the date on which this Contract comes into force and
effect pursuant to Clause GC 2.1;
(d) ‘foreign currency’ means any currency other than the currency of the
Government;
(e) ‘GC means these General Conditions of Contract;
(f) “Government” means the Government of Client’s Country;
(g) ‘Local currency’ means the Indian Rupees;
(h) “Consultant” wherever mentioned in this Contract Agreement means the
“Authority Engineer (AE)” and includes sub-consultants or Associates engaged
by the primary consultant.
(i) “Member”, in case the Consultants consist of a joint venture of more than one
entity, means any of these entities, and “Members” means all of these entities;
(j) “Party’ means the Client or the Consultants, as the case may be, and Parties
means both of them;
(k) “Personnel” means persons hired by the Consultants or by any Sub-
Consultants and or Associates as Employees and assigned to the performance
of the Services
Or any part thereof; “Foreign Personnel” means such persons who at the time
of being so hired had their domicile outside the Government’s Country, “Local
Personnel” means such persons who at the time of being so hired had their
domicile inside the Government’s Country; and ‘key personnel’ means the
personnel referred to in Clause GC 4.2 (a).
(l) "SC" means the Special Conditions of Contract by which these General
Conditions of Contract may be amended or supplemented;
(m) "Services" means the work to be performed by the Consultants pursuant to his
contract, as described in Appendix A hereto. The scope of work will be strictly
Page 225 of 264

as given in various Clauses in TOR. The approach and methodology to be
adopted by the Consultant for carrying out the assignment as Authority
Engineer may be modified depending on the site requirements and work
programme of the EPC Contract or after mutual discussions with Employer,
the EPC Contractor and the Authority Engineer. The work plan as indicated by
the Consultant may be modified accordingly to the site requirements.
(n) "Sub-Consultant and or Associates "means any entity to which the Consultants
subcontract any part of the Services in accordance with the provisions of
Clause GC 3.7; and
(o) "Third Party" means any person or entity other than the Government, the
Client, the Consultants or a Sub-consultant.
1.2 Relation between the Parties
Nothing contained herein shall be construed as establishing a relation of master and

servant or of principal and agent as between the Client and the Consultants. The
Consultants, subject to this Contract, have complete charge of Personnel and Sub-
consultants, if any, performing the Services and shall be fully responsible for the
Services performed by them or on their behalf hereunder.
1.3 Law Governing Contract
This Contract, its meaning and interpretation, and the relation between the Parties
shall be governed by the Applicable Law.
1.4 Language
This Contract has been executed in the language specified in the SC, which shall be the
binding and controlling language for all matters relating to the meaning or
interpretation of this Contract.
1.5 Headings
The headings shall not limit, alter or affect the meaning of this Contract.
1.6 Notices
1.6.1 Any notice, request or consent required or permitted to be given or made pursuant to
this Contract shall be in writing. Any such notice, request or consent shall be deemed
to have been given or made when delivered in person to an authorized representative
of the Party to whom the communication is addressed, or when sent by registered
mail, telegram or facsimile to such Party at the address specified in the SC.
1.6.2 Notice will be deemed to be effective as specified in the SC.
1.6.3 A Party may change its address for notice hereunder by giving the other Party notice
of such change pursuant to the provisions listed in the SC with respect to Clause GC
1.6.2.
Page 226 of 264

1.7 Location
The Services shall be performed at such locations as are specified in Appendix A

hereto and, where the location of a particular task is not so specified, at such locations
whether in Government's Country or elsewhere, as the Client may approve.
1.8 Authority of Member in Charge
In case the Consultants consist of a joint venture of more than one entity, the
Members hereby authorize the entity specified in the SC to act on their behalf in
exercising all the Consultants' rights and obligations towards the Client under this
Contract, including without limitation the receiving of instructions and payments
from the Client.
1.9 Authorized Representatives
Any action required or permitted to be taken, and any document required or

permitted to be executed, under this Contract by the Client or the Consultants may be
taken or executed by the officials specified in the SC.
1.10 Taxes and Duties
Unless otherwise specified in the SC, the Consultants, Sub-consultants and Personnel
shall pay such taxes, duties, fees and other impositions as may be levied under the
Applicable Law. Goods &Service tax as applicable shall be paid to the Authority’s
Engineer while making payment for services rendered. The consultants shall then
deposit the same with the tax authorities and provide a proof of having done so
within next 90 days in line with policy circulars issued by Employer.
2. Commencement, Completion, Modification and Termination of Contract
2.1 Effectiveness of Contract
This Contract shall come into force and effect on the date (the" Effective Date") of the
Client's notice to the Consultants instructing the Consultants to begin carrying out the
Services. This notice shall confirm that the effectiveness conditions, if any, listed in
the SC have been met.
2.2 Termination of Contract for Failure to Become Effective
If this Contract has not become effective within such time period after the date of the
Contract signed by the Parties as shall be specified in the SC, either Party may, by not
less than four (4) weeks' written notice to the other Party, declare this Contract to be
null and void, and in the event of such a declaration by either Party, neither Party
shall have any claim against the other Party with respect hereto.
2.3 Commencement of Services
The Consultants shall begin carrying out the Services at the end of such time period
after the Effective Date as shall be specified in the SC.
Page 227 of 264

2.4 Expiration of Contract
Unless terminated earlier pursuant to Clause GC2.9 hereof, this Contract shall expire
when services have been completed and all payments have been made at the end of
such time period after the Effective Date as shall be specified in the SC.
2.5 Entire Agreement
This Contract contains all covenants, stipulations and provisions agreed by the
Parties. No agent or representative of either Party has authority to make, and the
Parties shall not be bound by or be liable for, any statement, representation, promise
or agreement not set forth herein.
2.6 Modification
Modification of the terms and conditions of this Contract, including any modification
of the scope of the Services, may only be made by written agreement between the
Parties as the case may be, has been obtained. Pursuant to Clause GC 7.2 hereof,
however, each Party shall give due consideration to any proposals for modification
made by the other Party.
2.7 Force Majeure
2.7.1. Definition
(a) For the purposes of this Contract, "Force Majeure" means an event which is
beyond the reasonable control of a Party, and which makes a Party's
performance of its obligations hereunder impossible or so impractical as
reasonably to be considered impossible in the circumstances, and includes,
but is not limited to, war, riots, civil disorder, earthquake, fire, explosion,
storm, flood or other adverse weather conditions, strikes, lockouts or other
industrial action ( except where such strikes, lockouts or other industrial
action are within the power of the Party invoking Force Majeure to
prevent), confiscation or any other action by government agencies.
(b) Force Majeure shall not include (i) any event which is caused by the
negligenceorintentionalactionofapartyorsuchParty'sSub-consultantsor
agents or employees, nor (ii) any event which a diligent Party could
reasonably have been expected to both(A) take in to account at the time of
the conclusion of this Contract and(B) avoid or overcome in the carrying out
of its obligations hereunder .
(c) Force Majeure shall not include insufficiency of funds or failure to make any
payment required hereunder.
2.7.2 No Breach of Contract
The failure of a Party to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder shall not be considered
to be a breach of, or default under, this Contract insofar as such inability arises from
an event of Force Majeure, provided that the Party affected by such an event has taken
Page 228 of 264

all reasonable precautions, due care "and reasonable alternative measures, all with
the objective of carrying out the terms and conditions of this Contract.
2.7.3 Measures to be taken
(a) A Party affected by an event of Force Majeure shall take all reasonable
measures to remove such Party's inability to fulfill its obligations hereunder
with a minimum of delay.
(b) A Party affected by an event of Force Majeure shall notify the other Party of
such event as soon as possible, and in any event not later than fourteen (14)
days following the occurrence of such event, providing evidence of the nature
and cause of such event, and shall similarly give notice of the restoration of
normal conditions as soon as possible.
(c) The Parties shall take all reasonable measures to minimize the consequences
of any event of Force Majeure.
2.7.4 Extension of Time
Any period within which a Party shall, pursuant to this Contract, complete any action
or task, shall be extended for a period equal to the time during which such Party was
unable to perform such action as a result of Force Majeure.
2.7.5 Payments
During the period of their inability to perform the Services as a result of an event of
Force Majeure, the Consultants shall be entitled to be reimbursed for additional costs
reasonably and necessarily incurred by them during such period for the purposes of
the Services and in reactivating the Services after the end of such period.
2.7.6 Consultation
Not later than thirty (30) days after the Consultants, as the result of an event of Force
Majeure, have become unable to perform a material portion of the Services, the
Parties shall consult with each other with a view to agreeing on appropriate measures
to be taken in the circumstances.
2.8. Suspension
The Client may, by written notice of suspension to the Consultants, suspend all
payments to the Consultants hereunder if the Consultants fail to perform any of their
obligations under this Contract, including the carrying out of the Services, provided
that such notice of suspension (i) shall specify the nature of the failure, and (ii) shall
request the Consultants to remedy such failure within a period not exceeding thirty
(30) days after receipt by the Consultants of such notice of suspension.
Page 229 of 264

2.9 Termination
2.9.1 By the Client
The Client may, by not less than thirty (30)days' written notice of termination to the
Consultants (except in the event listed in paragraph (f) below, for which there shall be
a written notice of not less than sixty (60) days), such notice to be given after the
occurrence of any of the events specified in paragraphs(a)through(h)of this Clause GC
2.9.1, terminate this Contract.
(a) if the Consultants fail to remedy a failure in the performance of their

obligations hereunder, as specified in a notice of suspension pursuant to
Clause GC 2.8 herein above, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice of
suspension or within such further period as the Client may have subsequently
approved in writing;
(b) If the Consultants become (or, if the Consultants consist of more than one
entity, if any of their Members becomes) in solvent or bankrupt or enter into
any agreements with their creditors for relief of debt or take advantage of any
law for the benefit of debtors or go into liquidation or receivership whether
compulsory or voluntary;
(c) If the Consultants fail to comply with any final decision reached as a result of
arbitration proceedings pursuant to Clause GC 8 hereof;
(d) If the Consultants submit to the Client a statement which has a material effect
on the rights, obligations or interests of the Client and which the Consultants
know to be false;
(e) if, as the result of Force Majeure, the Consultants are unable to perform a
material portion of the Services for a period of not less than sixty (60) days; or
(f) if the Client, in its sole discretion and for any reason whatsoever, decides to
terminate this Contract.
(g) if the consultant, in the judgment of the Client has engaged in corrupt or
fraudulent practices in competing for or in executing the Contract. For the
purpose of this clause:
"corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving or soliciting of

anything of value to influence the action of a public official in the selection
process or in contract execution.
"fraudulent practice" means a misrepresentation of facts in order to influence

a selection process or the execution of a contract to the detriment of the
Borrower, and includes collusive practice among consultants (prior to or after
submission of proposals) designed to establish prices at artificial non-
competitive levels and to deprive the Borrower of the benefits of free and
open competition.
Page 230 of 264

(h) if EPC Contractor represents to Employer that the Consultant is not
discharging his duties in a fair, efficient and diligent manner and if the dispute
remains unresolved, Employer may terminate this contract.
2.9.2 By the Consultants
The Consultants may, by not less than thirty (30) days' written notice to the Client,
such notice to be given after the occurrence of any of the events specified in
paragraphs (a) through (d) of this Clause GC2.9.2, terminate this Contract:
(a) if the Client fails to pay any money due to the Consultants pursuant to this
Contract and not subject to dispute pursuant to Clause 8 hereof within forty-
five (45) days after receiving written notice from the Consultants that such
payment is overdue;
(b) if the Client is in material breach of its obligations pursuant to this Contract
and has not remedied the same within forty-five (45) days (or such longer
period as the Consultants may have subsequently approved in writing)
following the receipt by the Client of the Consultants' notice specifying such
breach;
(c) if, as the result of Force Majeure, the Consultants are unable to perform a
material portion of the Services for a period of not less than sixty (60) days; or
(d) if the Client fails to comply with any final decision reached as a result of
arbitration pursuant to Clause GC 8 hereof.
2.9.3. Cessation of Rights and Obligations
Upon termination of this Contract pursuant to Clauses GC 2.2 or GC 2.9 hereof, or

upon expiration of this Contract pursuant to Clause GC2.4 hereof, all rights and
obligations of the Parties hereunder shall cease, except:
(i) such rights and obligations as may have accrued on the date of termination or
expiration;
(ii) the obligation of confidentiality set forth in Clause GC 3.3 hereof;
(iii) the Consultants' obligation to permit inspection, copying and auditing of their
accounts and records set forth in Clause GC 3.6 (ii) hereof; and
(iv) any right which a Party may have under the Applicable Law
2.9.4 Cessation of Services
Upon termination of this Contract by notice of either Party to the other pursuant to
Clauses GC2.9.1 or GC2.9.2 hereof, the Consultants shall, immediately upon dispatch
or receipt of such notice, take all necessary steps to bring the Services to a close in a
prompt and orderly manner and shall make every reasonable effort to keep
expenditures for this purpose to a minimum. With respect to documents prepared by
Page 231 of 264

the Consultants and equipment and materials furnished by the Client, the Consultants
shall proceed as provided, respectively, by Clauses GC 3.9 or GC 3.10 hereof.
2.9.5 Payment upon Termination
Upon termination of this Contract pursuant to Clauses GC 2.9.1 or GC 2.9.2 hereof, the
Client shall make the following payments to the Consultants (after offsetting against
these payments any amount that may be due from the Consultant to the Client}:
(a) remuneration pursuant to Clause GC 6 hereof for Services satisfactorily

performed prior to the effective date of termination;
(b) reimbursable expenditures pursuant to Clause GC 6 hereof for expenditures

actually incurred prior to the effective date of termination; and
(c) except in the case of termination pursuant to paragraphs (a) through(d) of

Clause GC2.9.1 hereof, reimbursement of any reasonable cost incident to the
prompt and orderly termination of the Contract including the cost of there
turn travel of the Consultants' personnel and their eligible dependents.
2.9.6. Disputes about Events of Termination
If either Party disputes whether an event specified in paragraphs (a) through (e) of
Clause GC 2.9.1or in Clause GC2.9.2 hereof has occurred, such Party may, within forty-
five (45) days after receipt of notice of termination from the other Party, refer the
matter to arbitration pursuant to Clause GC8 hereof, and this Contract shall not be
terminated on account of such event except in accordance with the terms of any
resulting arbitral award.
3. Obligation of the Consultants
3.1 General
3.1.1. Standard of Performance
The Consultants shall perform the Services and carry out their obligations hereunder
with all due diligence, efficiency and economy, in accordance with generally accepted
professional techniques and practices, and shall observe sound management
practices, and employ appropriate advanced technology and safe and effective
equipment, machinery, materials and methods "The Consultants shall always" act, in
respect of any matter relating to this Contract or to the Services, as faithful advisers to
the Client, and shall at all times support and safeguard the Client's legitimate interests
in any dealings with Sub-consultants or Third Parties.
3.1.2 Law Governing Services
The Consultants shall perform the Services in accordance with the Applicable Law
and shall take all practicable steps to ensure that any Sub- consultants and or
Associates, as well as the Personnel of the Consultants and any Sub-consultants and
or Associates, comply with the Applicable Law. The Client shall advise the Consultants
Page 232 of 264

in writing of relevant local customs and the Consultants shall, after such notifications,
respect such customs.
3.2 Conflict of Interests
3.2.1 Consultants Not to Benefit from Commissions, Discounts, etc.
The Remuneration of the Consultants pursuant to Clause GC6 hereof shall constitute
the Consultants' sole remuneration in connection with this Contract or the Services
and, subject to ClauseGC3.2.2 hereof, the Consultants shall not accept for their own
benefit any trade commission, discount or similar payment in connection with
activities pursuant to this Contract or to the Services or in the discharge of their
obligations hereunder, and the Consultants shall use their best efforts to ensure that
any Sub-consultants and or Associates, as well as the Personnel and agents of either of
them, similarly shall not receive any such additional remuneration.
3.2.2 If the Consultants, as part of the Services, have the responsibility of advising the
Client on the procurement of goods, works or services, the Consultants shall comply
with any applicable procurement guidelines of the Client (Employer)and or
Associates Bank or of the Association, as the case maybe, and other funding agencies
and shall at all times exercise such responsibility in the best interest of the Client.
Any discounts or commissions obtained by the Consultants in the exercise of such
procurement responsibility shall be for the account of the Client.
3.2.3 Consultants and Affiliates Not to engage in Certain Activities
The Consultants agree that, during the term of this Contract and after its termination,
the Consultants and any entity affiliated with the Consultants, as well as any Sub-
Consultant and or Associates and any entity affiliated with such Sub Consultant and or
Associates, shall be disqualified from providing goods works or services (other than
the Services and any continuation thereof) for any project resulting from or closely
related to the Services. .
3.2.4 Prohibition of Conflicting Activities
The Consultants shall not engage, and shall cause their Personnel as well as their Sub-
consultants and or Associates and their Personnel not to engage, either directly or
indirectly, in any of the following activities:
(a) during the term of this Contract, any business or professional activities in the
Government’s country which would conflict with the activities assigned to
them under this Contract; and
(b) after the termination of this Contract, such other activities as may be specified
in the SC.
3.3 Confidentiality
The Consultants, their Sub-consultants and the Personnel of either of them shall not,
either during the term or within two (2) years after the expiration of this Contract,
Page 233 of 264

disclose any proprietary or confidential information relating to the Project, the
Services, this Contract or the Client's business or operations without the prior written
consent of the Client.
3.4 Liability of the Consultants
Subject to additional provisions, if any, set forth in the SC, the Consultants’ liability
under this Contract shall be as provided by the Applicable Law.
3.5 Insurance to be Taken Out by the Consultants
The Consultants (i) shall take out and maintain, and shall cause any Sub-consultants
to take out and maintain, at their (or the Sub-consultants', as the case may be) own
cost but on terms and conditions approved by the Client, insurance against the risks,
and for the coverages, as shall be specified in the SC, and (ii) at the Client's request,
shall provide evidence to the Client showing that such insurance has been taken out
and maintained and that the current premiums therefore have been paid.
3.6 Accounting, Inspection and Auditing
The Consultants(i)shall keep accurate and systematic accounts and records in respect
of the Services, hereunder, in accordance with internationally accepted accounting
principles and in such form and detail as will clearly identify all relevant time charges
and cost, and the bases thereof (including such bases as may be specifically referred
to in the SC) ; (ii) shall permit the Client or its designated representative periodically,
and upto one year from the expiration or termination of this Contract, to inspect the
same and make copies thereof as well as to have them audited by auditors appointed
by the Client; and (iii) shall permit the client to inspect the Consultant's accounts and
records relating to the performance of the Consultant and to have them audited by
auditors appointed by the client.
3.7 Consultants' Actions Requiring Client's Prior Approval
The Consultants shall obtain the Client's prior approval in writing before taking any of
the following actions:
(a) appointing such members of the Personnel as are listed in Appendix ‘C’
("Consultants' Sub-consultants' Key Personnel") merely by title but not by
name;
(b) entering into a subcontract for the performance of any part of the Services, it
being understood (i) that the selection of the Sub-Consultant and the terms
and conditions of the subcontract shall have been approved in writing by the
Client prior to the execution of the subcontract, and (ii) that the Consultants
shall remain fully liable for the performance of the Services by the Sub-
Consultant and its Personnel pursuant to this Contract; and
(c) any other action that may be specified in the SC
Page 234 of 264

3.8 Reporting Obligations
The Consultants shall submit to the Client the reports and documents specified in
Appendix B here to, in the form, in the numbers and within the time periods set forth
in the said Appendix.
3.9 Documents Prepared by the Consultants to Be the Property of the Client
All plans, drawings, specifications, designs, reports, other documents and software
prepared by the Consultants for the Client under this Contract shall become and
remain the property of the Client, and the Consultants shall, not later than upon
termination or expiration of this Contract, deliver all such documents to the Client,
together with a detailed inventory thereof. The Consultants may retain a copy of such
documents and software. Restrictions about the future use of these documents and
software, if any, shall be specified in the SC.
3.10 Equipment and Materials Furnished by the Client
Equipment and materials made available to the Consultants by the Client, or

purchased by the Consultants with funds provided by the Client, shall be the property
Of the Client and shall be marked accordingly. Upon termination or expiration of this
Contract, the Consultants shall make available to the Client an inventory of such
equipment and materials and shall dispose of- such equipment and materials in
accordance with the Client's instructions. While in possession of such equipment and
materials, the Consultants, unless otherwise instructed by the Client in writing, shall
insure them at the expense of the Client in an amount equal to their full replacement
value.
4. Consultants' Personnel and Sub-consultants and or Associates
4.1 General
The Consultants shall employ and provide such qualified and experienced Personnel
and Sub-consultants as are required to carry out the Services.
4.2 Description of Personnel
(a) The titles, agreed job descriptions, minimum qualification and estimated
periods of engagement in the carrying out of the Services of each of the
Consultants' Key Personnel are described in Appendix C. If any of the Key
Personnel has already been approved by the clients his/her name is listed as
well.
(b) If required to comply with the provisions of Clause GCC 3.1.1 hereof,
adjustments with respect to the estimated periods "of engagement of Key
Personnel set forth in Appendix C may be made by the Consultants by written
notice to the Client, provided (i) that such adjustments shall not alter the
originally estimated period of engagement of any individual by more than
10% or one week, whichever is larger, and (ii) that the aggregate of such
Page 235 of 264

adjustments shall not cause payments under this Contract to exceed the
ceilings set forth in Clause GC 6.1(b) of this Contract. Any other such
adjustments shall only be made with the Client's written approval.
(c) If additional work is required beyond the scope of the Services specified in
Appendix A, the estimated periods of engagement of Key Personnel set forth
in Appendix C may be increased by agreement in writing between the Client
and the Consultants, provided that any such increase shall not, except as
otherwise agreed, cause payments under this Contract to exceed the ceilings
set for thin Clause GC 6.1 (b) of this Contract.
4.3 Approval of Personnel
The Key Personnel i.e. Professional Staff and Sub-consultants listed by title as well as
By name in Appendix C are hereby approved by the Client. In respect of other Key
Personnel which the Consultants propose, to use in the carrying out of the Services,
the Consultants shall submit to the client for review and approval a copy of their
biographical data and (in the case of Key personnel to be used within the country of
the Government) a copy of a satisfactory medical certificate in the form attached here
to as Appendix D. If the Client does not object in writing (stating the reasons for the
objection) within thirty (30) calendar days from the date of receipt of such
biographical data and (if applicable) such certificate, such Key Personnel shall be
deemed to have been approved by the Client.
4.4 Working Hours, Overtime, Leave, etc.
(a) Working hours and holidays for Key Personnel are set forth in Appendix E
hereto. To account for travel time, foreign Personnel carrying out Services
inside the Government's country shall be deemed to have commenced (or
finished) work in respect of the Services such number of days before their
arrival in (or after their departure from) the Government's country as is
specified in Appendix E hereto.
(b) The Personnel of all types engaged by Consultant to provide Services on this
Contract shall not been titled to be paid for overtime nor to take paid sick
leave or vacation leave except as specified in Appendix E hereto, and
except as specified. In such Appendix, the Consultants' remuneration shall be
deemed to cover these items. All leave to be allowed to the Personnel
is included in the staff-months of service set for in Appendix C. Any taking of
leave by Personnel shall be subject to the prior approval by the Client and the
Consultants shall ensure that absence for leave purposes will not delay the
progress and adequate supervision of the Services.
4.5 Removal and/or Replacement of Personnel
Removal and/or replacement of Key Personnel shall be regulated as under:
4.5.1 In case notice to commence services pursuant to Clause 2.1 of this Contract is not
ordered by Client within 120 days of signing of contract the key personnel can
Page 236 of 264

excuse themselves on valid grounds, e.g., selection on some other assignment, health
problem developed after signing of contract, etc. In such a case no penalty shall be
levied on the Firm or on the person concerned. The firm shall however be asked to
give a replacement by an equal or better scoring person, whenever mobilization is
ordered.
4.5.2 In case notice to commence services is given within 120 days of signing of contract
the, the Authority expects all the Key Personnel specified in the Proposal to be
available during implementation of the Agreement. The Authority will not consider
any substitution of Key Personnel except under compelling circumstances beyond
the control of the Consultant and the concerned Key Personnel. Such substitution
shall be limited to not more than three Key Personnel subject to equally or better
qualified and experienced personnel being provided to the satisfaction of the
Authority. Replacement of the Team Leader will not normally be considered and may
lead to disqualification of the Applicant or termination of the Agreement.
Replacement of one Key Personnel shall be permitted subject to reduction of
remuneration equal to 5 % (five per cent) of the total remuneration specified for the
Key Personnel who is proposed to be replaced. In case of second replacement the
reduction in remuneration shall be equal to 10% (ten per cent) and for third and
subsequent replacement, such reduction shall be equal to 15% (fifteen per cent) If
the consultant finds that any of the personnel had made false representation
regarding his qualification and experience, he may request the Employer for
replacement of the personnel. There shall be no reduction in remuneration for such
replacement. The replacement shall however be of equal or better score. The
personnel so replaced shall be debarred from future projects for 2 years.
4.5.4 Replacement after original contract period is over:
There shall be no limit on the replacements and no reduction in remunerations

shall be made. The replacement shall however be of equal or better score.
4.5.5 If the Employer (i) finds that any of the Personnel has committed serious
misconduct or has been charged with having committed a criminal action or (ii) has
reasonable ground to be dissatisfied with the performance of any of the Personnel,
then the consultant shall, at the Employer’s written request specifying the grounds
therefore, forthwith provide a replacement with qualifications and experience
acceptable to him. For such replacement there will be no reduction in remuneration.
4.5.6 If any member of the approved team of a consultant engaged by Authority leaves
that consultant before completion of the job, he shall be barred for a period of 6
months to 24 months from being engaged as a team member of any other consultant
working (or to be appointed) for any other Authority / MoRTH projects.
2.6 Resident Team Leader and Coordinator
The person designated as the Team Leader of the Consultant’s Personnel shall be
responsible for the coordinated, timely and efficient functioning of the Personnel. In
addition, the Consultant shall designate a suitable person from its Head Office as
Project Coordinator who shall be responsible for day to day performance of the
Page 237 of 264

Services.
5. Obligations of the Client
5.1 Assistance and Exemptions
Unless otherwise specified in the SC, the Client shall use its best efforts to ensure that
the Government shall:
(c) provide the Consultants, Sub-consultants and Personnel with work permits
and such other documents as shall be necessary to enable the Consultants,
Sub- consultants or Personnel to perform the Services;
(d) assist for the Personnel and, if appropriate, their eligible dependents to be
provided promptly with all necessary entry and exit visas, residence permits,
exchange permits and any other documents required for their stay in
Government's country;
(e) Facilitate prompt clearance through customs of any property required for the
Services and of the personal effects of the Personnel and their -eligible
dependents;
(f) Issue to officials, agents and representatives of the Government all such
instructions as may be necessary or appropriate for the prompt and effective
implementation of the Services;
(g) assist the Consultants and the Personnel and any Sub-consultants and or
Associates employed by the Consultants for the Services from any
requirement to register or obtain any permit to practice their profession or to
establish themselves either individually or as a corporate entity according to
the Applicable Law;
(h) grant to the Consultants, any Sub-consultants and or Associates and the
Personnel of either of them the privilege, pursuant to the Applicable Law, of
bringing into Government's country reasonable amounts of foreign currency
for the purposes of the Services or for the personal use of the Personnel and
their dependents and of withdrawing any such amounts as may be earned
therein by the Personnel in the execution of the Services: and
(i) Provide to the Consultants, Sub-consultants and or Associates and Personnel
any such other assistance as may be specified in the SC.
5.2 Access to Land
The Client warrants that the Consultants shall have, free of charge, unimpeded access
to all land in the Government's country in respect of which access is required for the
performance of the Services. The Client will be responsible for any damage to such
land or any property thereon resulting from such access and will indemnify the
Consultants and each of the Personnel in respect of liability for any such damage,
unless such damage is caused by the default or negligence of the Consultants or any
Sub-Consultant or the Personnel of either of them.
Page 238 of 264

5.3 Change in the Applicable Law
If, after the date of this Contract, there is any change in the Applicable Law with
respect to taxes and duties which increases or decreases the cost or reimbursable
expenses incurred by the Consultants in performing the Services, then the
remuneration and reimbursable expenses otherwise payable to the Consultants under
this Contract shall be increased or decreased accordingly by agreement between the
Parties hereto, and corresponding adjustments shall be made to the ceiling amounts
specified in Clause GC 6.1(b).
5.4 Services, Facilities and Property of the Client
The Client shall make available to the Consultants and the Personnel, for the purposes
of the services and free of any charge, the services, facilities and property described in
Appendix F at the times and in the manner specified in said Appendix F, provided that
if such services, facilities and property shall not be made available to the Consultants
as and when so specified, the Parties shall agree on (i) any time extension that it may
be appropriate to grant to the Consultants for the performance of the Services, (ii) the
manner in which the Consultants shall procure any such services, facilities and
property from other sources, and (iii) the additional payments, if any, to be made to
the Consultants as a result thereof pursuant to Clause GC 6.l(c) hereinafter.
5.5 Payment
In consideration of the Services performed by the Consultants under this Contract, the
Client shall make to the Consultants such payments and in such manner as is provided
by Clause GC 6 of this Contract.
5.6 Counterpart Personnel
(a) If so provided in Appendix F hereto, the Client shall make available to the
Consultants, as and when provided in such Appendix F, and free of charge,
such counterpart personnel to be selected by the Client, with the Consultants'
advice, as shall be specified in such Appendix F. Counterpart personnel shall
work under the exclusive direction of the Consultants. If any member of the
counterpart personnel fails to perform adequately any work assigned to him
by the Consultants which is consistent with the position occupied by such-
member, the Consultants may request the replacement of such member, and
the Client shall not unreasonably refuse to act upon such request.
(b) If counterpart personnel are not provided by the Client to the Consultants as
and when specified in Appendix F, the Client and the Consultants shall agree
on (i) how the affected part of the Services shall be carried out, and (ii) the
additional payments, if any, to be made by the Client to the Consultants as a
result thereof pursuant to Clause GC 6.1(c) hereof.
Page 239 of 264

6. Payments to the Consultants
6.1 Cost Estimates; Ceiling Amount
(a) An estimate of the cost of the Services payable is set forth in Appendix G.
(b) Except as may be otherwise agreed under ClauseGC2.6 and subject to Clause
GC 6.1(c), payments under this Contract shall not exceed the ceilings specified
in the SC. The Consultants shall notify the Client as soon as cumulative charges
incurred for the Services have reached 80% of these ceilings.
(c) Notwithstanding ClauseGC6.l (b) hereof, if pursuant to clauses GC5.3, 5.4 or
5.6 hereof, the Parties shall agree that additional payments shall be made to
the Consultants in order to cover any necessary additional expenditures not
envisaged in the cost estimates referred to in Clause GC6.1(a) above, the
ceiling or ceilings, as the case maybe, set forth in ClauseGC6.1(b) above shall
be increased by the amount or amounts, as the case may be, of any such
additional payments.
6.2 Remuneration and Reimbursable Expenditures
(a) Subject to the ceilings specified in Clause GC6.1(b)hereof, the Client shall pay
to the Consultants (i) remuneration asset for thin Clause GC6.2(b),and(ii)
reimbursable expenditures asset forth in Clause GC6.2(c).If specified in the SC,
said remuneration shall be subject to price adjustment as specified in the SC.
(b) Remuneration for the Personnel shall be determined on the basis of time
actually spent by such Personnel in the performance of the Services after the
date determined in accordance with Clause GC2.3 and Clause SC2.3 (or such
other date as the Parties shall agree in writing) (including time for necessary
travel via the most direct route) at the rates referred to, and subject to such
additional provisions as are set forth, in the SC.
(c) Reimbursable expenditures actually and reasonably incurred by the
Consultants in the performance of the Services, as specified in SC.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary stated in the GCC and SCC, it shall
be mandatory to deploy the key personnel and sub-professional as per the
Man-Months Input specified in the Terms of Reference.
Inadequate deployment of key personnel and sub-professional shall lead to deduction
in the monthly payment as per following table. The key personnel and sub-
professional shall be considered to be inadequately deployed if he/she is not
present for atleast 90% of the time stipulated in the month, as per the Man
Months Input in the Terms of Reference and the Deployment Schedule
proposed by the firm.
Sr. Personnel % reduction in

No. monthly payment
Page 240 of 264

Sr. Personnel % reduction in
No. monthly payment
1 Team Leader cum Senior Highway Engineer 20%
2 Resident Engineer cum Highway Engineer 25%
3 Bridge/Structural Engineer 20%
4 Other Key Personnel 20%
5 Sub- Professional Staff 15%
Standalone Bridge Project
1 Team Leader cum Senior Bridge Engineer 20%
2 Resident cum Pavement Specialist 25%
3 Bridge/Structural Engineer 20%
Standalone Tunnel Project
1 Team Leader cum Senior Tunnel Expert 20%
2 Resident Engineer cum Excavation Specialist
3 Tunnel Design Engineer 20%
For avoidance of doubt, in case the Team Leader cum Senior Highway
Engineer has not been made available for 90% of the stipulated time in the
month, then only 80% of the monthly payment shall be released. In the case of
“Other Key Personnel (Sr. No. 4)” and “Sub – Professional Staff (Sr. No. 5)”, the
average availability across the group shall be considered for calculation.
6.3 Currency of Payment
All payments shall be made in Indian Rupees and shall be subjected to applicable
Indian laws withholding taxes if any.
6.4 Mode of Billing and Payment
Billing and payments in respect of the Services shall be made as follows:
(a) The Client shall cause to be paid to the Consultants an interest bearing
advance payment as specified in the SC, and as otherwise set forth below. The
advance payment will be due after provision by the Consultants to the Client
of a bank guarantee by a bank acceptable to the Client in an amount (or
amounts) and in a currency (or currencies) specified in the SC, such bank
guarantee (I) to remain effective until the advance payment has been fully set
off as provided in the SC, and(ii)to be in the form set for thin Appendix I
hereto or in such other form as the Client shall have approved in writing.
(b) As soon as practicable and not later than fifteen (15days) after the end of each
calendar month during the period of the Services, the Consultants shall submit
to the Client, in duplicate, itemized statements, accompanied by copies of
receipted invoices, vouchers and other appropriate supporting materials, of
Page 241 of 264

the amounts payable pursuant to Clauses GC6.3 and 6.4 for such month. Each
monthly statement shall distinguish that portion of the total eligible costs
which pertains to remuneration from that portion which pertains to
reimbursable expenditures.
(c) 75% of bill raised by the Consultant shall be paid within 72 Hrs and remaining
bill may be paid after due scrutiny. The Client shall cause the payment of the
Consultants periodically as given in schedule of payment above within thirty
(30) days after the receipt by the Client of bills with supporting documents.
Only such portion of a monthly statement that is not satisfactorily supported
may be withheld from payment. Should any discrepancy be found to exist
between actual payment and costs authorized to be incurred by the
Consultants, the Client may add or subtract the difference from any
subsequent payments. Interest at the rate specified in the SC shall become
payable as from the above due date on any amount due by, but not paid on
such due date.
(d) The final payment under this Clause shall be made only after the final report
and a final statement, identified as such, shall have been submitted by the
Consultants and approved as satisfactory by the Client. The Services shall be
deemed completed and finally accepted by the Client and the final report and
final statement shall be deemed approved by the Client as satisfactory ninety
(90) calendar days after receipt of the final report and final statement by the
Client unless the Client, within such ninety (90)-day period, gives written
notice to the Consultants specifying in detail deficiencies in the Services, the
final report or final statement. The Consultants shall there upon promptly
make any necessary corrections, and upon completion of such corrections,
the foregoing process shall be repeated. Any amount which the Client has paid
or caused to be paid in accordance with this Clause in excess of the amounts
actually payable in accordance with the provisions of this Contract shall be
reimbursed by the Consultants to the Client within thirty, (30) days after
receipt by the Consultants of notice thereof. Any such claim by the Client for
reimbursement must be made within twelve (12) calendar months after
receipt by the Client of a final report and a final statement approved by the
Client in accordance with the above.
(e) All payments under this Contract shall be made to the account of the
Consultants specified in the SC.
7. Fairness and Good Faith
7.1 Good Faith
The Parties undertake to act in good faith with respect to each other's rights under
this Contract and to adopt all reasonable measures to ensure the realization of the
objectives of this Contract.
7.2 Operation of the Contract
The Parties recognize that it is impractical in this Contract to provide for every
Page 242 of 264

contingency which may arise during the life of the Contract, and the Parties hereby
agree that it is their intention that this Contract shall operate fairly as between them,
and without detriment to the interest of either of them, and that, if during the term of
this Contract either Party believes that this Contract is operating unfairly, the Parties
will use their best efforts to agree on such action as may be necessary to remove the
cause or causes of such unfairness, but no failure to agree on any action pursuant to
this Clause shall give rise to a dispute subject to arbitration in accordance with Clause
GC 8 hereof.
8. Settlement of Disputes
8.1 Amicable Settlement
The Parties shall use their best efforts to settle amicably all disputes arising out of or
in connection with this Contractor the interpretation thereof.
8.2 Dispute Resolution
8.2.1 Any dispute, difference or controversy of whatever nature howsoever arising under
or out of or in relation to this Agreement (including its interpretation) between the
Parties, and so notified in writing by either Party to the other Party (the “Dispute”)
shall, in the first instance, be attempted to be resolved amicably in accordance with
the conciliation procedure set forth in Clause 8.3.
8.2.2 The Parties agree to use their best efforts for resolving all Disputes arising under or in
respect of this Agreement promptly, equitably and in good faith, and further agree to
provide each other with reasonable access during normal business hours to all non –
privileged records, information and data pertaining to any dispute.
8.3 Conciliation
In the event of any Dispute between the Parties, either Party may call upon
DG(RD)&SS of MoRTH and the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the
Consultant or a substitute thereof for amicable settlement, and upon such
reference, the said persons shall meet no later than 10(ten) days from the date
of reference to discuss and attempt to amicably resolve the Dispute. If such
meeting does not take place within the 10(ten) day period or the Dispute is not
amicably settled within 15(fifteen) days of the meeting or the Dispute is not
resolved as evidenced by the signing of written terms of settlement within 30
(thirty) days of the notice in writing referred to in Clause 8.2.1 or such longer
period as may be mutually agreed by the Parties, either Party may refer the
Dispute to arbitration in accordance with the Provisions of Clause 8.4.
8.4 Arbitration
8.4.1. Any Dispute which is not resolved amicably by conciliation, as provided in

Clause 8.3, shall be finally decided by reference to arbitration by an Arbitral
Tribunal appointed in accordance with Clause 8.4.2. Such arbitration shall be
held in accordance with the Rules of Arbitration of the International Centre for
Alternative Dispute Resolution, New Delhi (the “Rules”), or such other rules as
may be mutually agreed by the Parties, and shall be subject to the provisions of
Page 243 of 264

the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 as ammended. The venue of such
arbitration shall be Delhi and the language of arbitration proceedings shall be
English.
8.4.2 Each dispute submitted by a Party to arbitration shall be heard by a sole arbitrator to
be appointed as per the procedure below
(a) Parties may agree to appoint a sole arbitrator or, failing agreement on the
identity of such sole arbitrator within thirty(30) days after receipt by the
other Party of the proposal of a name for such an appointment by the Party
who initiated the proceedings, either Party may apply to the President, Indian
Roads Congress, New Delhi for a list of not fewer than five nominees and, on
receipt of such list, the Parties shall alternately strike names therefrom, and
the last remaining nominee on the list shall be sole arbitrator for the matter in
dispute. If the last remaining nominee has not been determined in this
manner within sixty (60) days of the date of the list, the president, Indian
Roads Congress, New Delhi, shall appoint, upon the request of either Party
and from such list or otherwise, a sole arbitrator for the matter in dispute.
8.4.3 Substitute Arbitrator
If for any reason an arbitrator is unable to perform his function, a substitute shall be
appointed in the same manner as the original arbitrator.
8.4.4 Qualifications of Arbitrator
The sole arbitrator selected pursuant to Clause 8.2.1 hereof shall be expert with
extensive experience in relation to the matter in dispute.
8.4.5 The Arbitrators shall make a reasoned award (the “Award”). Any Award made in any
arbitration held pursuant to this Clause 8 shall be final and biding on the Parties as
from the date it is made, and the Consultant and the Authority agree and undertake to
carry out such Award without delay.
8.4.6 The Consultant and the Authority agree that an Award may be enforced against the
Consultant and/or the Authority, as the case may be, and their respective assets
wherever situated.
8.4.7. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Parties shall remain in full force
and effect, pending the Award in any arbitration proceedings hereunder
8.4.8 Miscellaneous
In any arbitration proceeding hereunder:
(a) Proceedings shall, unless otherwise agreed by the parties be held in Delhi.
(b) The English language shall be the official language for all purposes;
(c) The decision of sole arbitrator shall be final and binding and shall be
enforceable in any court of competent jurisdiction, and the Parties hereby
Page 244 of 264

waive any objections to or claims of immunity in respect of such enforcement;
and
(d) The schedule of Expenses and Fee payable to the Arbitrator shall be as under
Sr. Particulars of Fees and Maximum amount payable per case
No. Expenses
1 Fee (i) Rs. 25,000/- per day;
(ii) 25% extra on fee at (i) above in case of fast-track
procedure as per Section -29 (B) of A&C Act;
Or
10% extra on fee at (i) above if award is published
within 6 months from date of entering the reference by
AT;
Alternatively, the Arbitrator may opt for a lump –sum fee of
Rs. 5.00 Lakh per case including counter –claims.
2 Reading charges- one Time Rs 25,000/- per case including counter claims.
3 One –time charges for Rs. 25,000/- per case
Secretarial Assistance and
Incidental Charges (telephone,
fax, postage etc.)
4 One-time charges for Rs. 40,000/-
publishing / declaration of the
Award
5 Other expenses (As per actual against bills subject to celling given below
(i) Travelling expenses Economy class (by air), First class AC (by train) and AC
Car (by road)
(ii) Lodging and Boarding Rs. 15,000/-per day (in metro cities); or
Rs. 8000 per day (in other cities); or
Rs. 5,000/- per day, if any Arbitrator makes their own
arrangements.
6. Local travel Rs. 2,000 /- per day
7 Extra charges for days other Rs. 5000 /- per ½ day for outstation Arbitrator
than meeting days (maximum
for 2 X ½ days)
Note 1. Lodging boarding and travelling expenses shall be allowed only for the arbitrator
who is are residing 100 kms. away from the venue of meeting,
2. Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai, Kolkata, Bengaluru and Hyderabad shall be considered
as Metro cities.
In exceptional cases, such as cases involving major legal implications/wider

ramifications/higher financial stakes etc. a special fee structure could be fixed in
consultation with the Contractor/Supervision Consultants and with the specific
approval of the Authority before appointment of the Arbitrator
9. Fake CV
If any case of fake/incorrect/inflated CV is found, it shall be dealt with very severely

and would result in all possible penal action including blacklisting from future
Page 245 of 264

projects of Authority. This would also apply even when the consulting firm is not
successful in getting the assignment. In case CV of a person is turned out to be
fake/incorrect/inflated during the assignment, the consultancy firms will have to
refund the salary and perks drawnincluding interest @12% per annumin respect of the
person apart from other consequences. In addition to above, 10% of the salary and
perks to be refunded shall be recovered from the Firm as penalty.
Page 246 of 264

III. SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Page 247 of 264

GC Clause
A. Amendments of, and Supplements to, Clauses in the General
Conditions of Contract
1.1(a) The words’’ in the Government’s country” are amended to read ‘in INDIA”
1.4 The language is: English
1.6.1 The addresses are:
Client: Address of Employer
Attention:
Telex :
Facsimile :
Consultant: Address of Consultant
Attention:
Cable address :
Telex :
Facsimile :
[Note’ : Fill in the Blanks]
1.6.2 Notice will be deemed to be effective as follows:
(a) in the case of personal delivery or registered mail, on delivery;

(b) in the case of telexes, 24 hours following confirmed transmission;
(c) in the case of telegrams, 24 hours following confirmed transmission; and
(d) in the case of facsimiles, 24 hours following confirmed transmission.
1.8 The Member in Charge is: Member (P) Sh.________________
(Note: If the Consultants consist of a joint venture of more than one entity, the name of
the entity whose address is specified in SC1.6.1shouldbeinsertedhere. If the Consultants
consist of one entity, this Clause 1.8 should be deleted from the SC)
1.9 The Authorised Representative are:
For the Client:
For the Consultants:
1.10 The Consultants, Sub-consultants and the Personnel shall pay the taxes, duties, fees,
Page 248 of 264

levies and other impositions levied under the existing, amended or enacted laws
during life of this contract and the client shall perform such duties in regard to the
deduction of such tax as may be lawfully imposed.
2.1 The effectiveness conditions are the following:
i) Approval of the Contract by the client
2.2 The time period shall be four months or such other time period as the parties may
agree in writing.
2.3 The time period shall be one month or such other time period as the Parties may
agree in writing.
2.4 The time period shall be 84 months (24 month for construction period and 60 months
for Maintenance period)
3.4 Limitation of the Consultants' Liability towards the Client
(a) Except in case of gross negligence or wilful misconduct on the part of the
Consultants or on the part of any person or firm acting on behalf of the
Consultants in carrying out the Services, the Consultants, with respect to
damage caused by the Consultants to the Client's property, shall not be liable
to the Client:
(i) for any indirect or consequential loss or damage; and
(ii) Consultant will maintain at its expenses; Professional Liability Insurance

including coverage for errors and omissions caused by Consultant’s
negligence in the performance of its duties under this agreement,(A)For the
amount not exceeding total payments for Professional Fees and Reimbursable
Expenditures made or expected to be made to the Consultants hereunder OR
(B) the proceeds, the Consultants may be entitled to receive from any
insurance maintained by the Consultants to cover such a liability, whichever
of (A) or (B) is higher.
(iii) The policy should be issued only from an Insurance Company operating in
India.
(iv) The policy must clearly indicate the limit of indemnity in terms of“ Any One
Accident”(AOA) and “Aggregate limit on the policy period”(AOP) and in no
case should be for an amount less than stated in the contract.
(v) If the Consultant enters into an agreement with Employer in a joint venture or
‘in association’, the policy must be procured and provided to Employer by the
joint venture/in association entity and not by the individual partners of the
joint venture/association.
(vi) The contract may include a provision thereby the Consultant does not cancel
the policy midterm without the consent of the Employer. The insurance
company may provide an undertaking in this regard.
Page 249 of 264

(b) This limitation of liability shall not affect the Consultants' liability, if any, for
damage to Third Parties caused by the Consultants or any person or firm
acting on behalf of the Consultants in carrying out the Services.
(c) Professional Liability Insurance may be accepted for initially one year which
shall be extended annually for five years. PLI shall be uniformly taken for a
period of five years.
3.5 The risks and the coverage shall be as follows
(a) Third Party motor vehicle liability insurance as required under Motor Vehicles
Act,1988 in respect of motor vehicles operated in India by the Consultants or
their Personnel or any Sub-consultants or their Personnel for the period of
consultancy.
(b) Third Party liability insurance with a minimum coverage, of Rs. 1.0 million for
the period of consultancy.
(c) Professional liability insurance as per 3.4 (a) (ii) of SC of the consultancy, with
a minimum coverage equal to estimated remuneration and reimbursable.
(d) Employer's liability and workers' compensation insurance in respect of the
Personnel of the Consultants and of any Sub-consultant, in accordance with
the relevant provisions of the Applicable Law, as well as, with respect to such
Personnel, any such life, health, accident, travel or other insurance as may be
appropriate; and
(e) Insurance against loss of or damage to(i) equipment purchased in whole or in
part with funds provided under this Contract, (ii) the Consultants' property
used in the performance of the Services, and(iii)any documents prepared by
the Consultants in the performance of the Services.
3.7(c) The other actions are
"(i) taking any action under a civil works contract designating the Consultants as
"Authority’s Engineer", for which action, pursuant to such civil works contract, the
written approval of the Client as "Employer" is required".
3.9 The Consultants shall not use these documents for purposes unrelated to this
Contract without the prior written approval of the Client.
4.6 "The person designated as Team Leader cum Senior Highway Engineer in Appendix C
shall serve in that capacity, as specified in Clause GC 4.6."
6.1(b) The amount payable Indian Rupee is :
6.2(a) "Payments for remuneration and reimbursable items made in accordance with
Clause GC 6:2(a) :
(i) Consultants shall be paid billing rates for services rendered by the personnel
of all categories namely (i) key Personnel; (ii) sub-Professional personnel and
(iii) Support staff on man-month basis . Billing rates of remaining items of the
Page 250 of 264

financial proposal, namely (i) transportation , (ii) Duty travel to site (iii) Office
Rent, (iv) office supplies communication etc. (v) reports & document printing
and (vi) survey equipment etc. shall be worked out month wise as per actual
expenditure Beginning 13th months from the last date of submission of bid,
billing rates shall be increased to cover all items of contract i.e. remuneration,
vehicle hire, office rent, consumables, furniture etc. @ 5% every 12 months.
However, for evaluation and award of the Bid proposals, the quoted initial rate
(as applicable for first 12 months from last date of submission of bid) shall be
multiplied by the total time input for each position on this contract, i.e.
without considering the increase in the billing rates. All payments shall be
made in Indian Rupees and shall be subjected to applicable Indian laws
withholding taxes if any.
(ii) Remuneration paid pursuant to the rates set forth in Appendix G shall be
adjusted every twelve (12) months (and, the first time, with effect for the
billing rates earned in the 13thcalendar month after the last date of submission
of bid) by 5% every 12month for personnel.
Notwithstanding any other provisions in the agreement in this regard, this provision
will prevail and override any other provision to the contrary in this agreement.
6.2(b) (i) (1) Payment of Authority Engineer shall be released on approval of the monthly
reports. Report shall be approved by the Authority only if it includes all the
sections prescribed in the format and submitted as per specified timelines.
(2) Payment shall be released as per rates quoted in Appendix C3- Breakup of
Local currency costs
(3) For equipment based road inspection to be conducted in O&M phase, payment
shall be released as per actual use of equipment on road and rates quoted in
Appendix C3- Breakup of Local currency costs.
(4) If any of the report is found to be misleading or containing incorrect

information as determined by the Authority, 10% of payment linked to that
report shall be deducted as penalty
(5) It is understood(i)that the remuneration rates shall cover(A) such salaries and
allowances as the Consultants shall have agreed to pay to the Personnel as well
as factors for social charges and overhead, and (B)the cost of back stopping by
home office staff not included in the Personnel listed in Appendix C, and(C)the
Consultants' fee;(ii)that bonuses or other means of profit-sharing shall not be
allowed as an element of overhead, and(iii)that any rates specified for persons
not yet appointed shall be provisional and shall be subject to revision, with the
written approval of the Client, once the applicable salaries and allowances are
known.
(6) Remuneration for periods of less than one month shall be calculated on an
hourly basis for actual time spent in the Consultants' home office and directly
attributable to the Services(one hour being equivalent to 1/240th of a month)
Page 251 of 264

and on a calendar-day basis for time spent away from home office(one day
being equivalent to 1/30th of a month).
6.2(b)(ii) The rates for foreign and local Personnel are set forth in Appendix G
6.4(a) The following provisions shall apply to the interest bearing advance payment and the
advance payment guarantee:
1) An advance payment of 10% of the contract price in proportion to the quoted

Indian currency (INR) in the bid shall be made within 60 days after receipt
and verification of advance payment bank guarantee. The advance payment
along with interest will be set off by the Client in equal instalments against the
statements for the first 12 months of the Service until the advance payment
has been fully set off. The advance payment shall be in Indian Rupee.
2) The bank guarantee shall be in the amount and in the currency of the the
advance payment.
3) Interest rateshallbe10% per annum (on outstanding amount).
6.4 (c) The interest rate is10% per annum.
6.4(e) The accounts are:
[Note: Insert account number, type of account and name and address of the Bank]
8.2 Disputes shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:
Page 252 of 264

IV. APPENDICES
Appendix A: Description of the Services
[Give detailed descriptions of the Services to be provided; dates for completion of various tasks,
place of performance for different tasks; specific tasks to be approved by Client, etc.]
Details as per TOR
Page 253 of 264

Appendix B: Reporting Requirements
[List format, frequency, contents of reports and number of copies; persons to receive them; dates
of submission etc. If no reports are to be submitted, state here "Not applicable".}
Please refer TOR
Page 254 of 264

Appendix C: Key Personnel and Sub-consultants
[List under: C-l Titles [and names, if already available}, detailed job descriptions and
minimum qualifications. Experience of Personnel to be assigned to
work in India, and staff- months for each.
C-2 Same information as C-l for Key local Personnel.
C-3 Same as C-l for Key foreign Personnel to be assigned to work outside
India.
C-4 List of approved Sub-consultants [if already available]; same

information with respect to their Personnel as in C-l through C-4)
Please refer TOR
Page 255 of 264

Appendix D: Medical Certificate
[Show here an acceptable form of medical certificate for foreign Personnel to be stationed in
India. If there is no need for a medical certificate, state here: "Not applicable. "]
The form of Medical Certificate as required under the rules of Govt. of India
Page 256 of 264

Appendix E: Hours of Work for Key Personnel
The Consultants Key personnel and all other Professional / Sub Professional / Support
Staff/Sub-Consultancy personnel shall work 6 days (Mondays through Saturday) every week
and observe the Gazetted Holidays of Government of India as Holidays. The Consultant shall
work as per the work program of the EPC Contractor. In this context in case the work plan of
the Consultant needs suitable modifications, the same shall be carried out and submitted to
the client for consideration. The Consultants hours of work normally shall match with that of
Contractor’s activities on the site. No extra remuneration shall be claimed or paid for extra
hours of work required in the interest of Project completion.
In respect of foreign personnel, one day per trip as travel time from and to the country of the
Government shall be allowed.
Page 257 of 264

Appendix F: Duties of the Client
[List here under:
F-1 Services, facilities and property to be made available to the Consultants by the
Client.
F-2 Counterpart personnel to be made available to the Consultants by the Client.]
Please refer TOR
Page 258 of 264

Appendix G: Cost Estimates
List hereunder cost estimate in INR:
1. Monthly rates for local Personnel (Key Personnel and other Personnel)
2. Reimbursable/Rental/Fixed expenditures as follows:
a. Cost of local transportation.
b. Cost of other local services, rentals, utilities, etc.
Page 259 of 264

Appendix H: FORM OF PERFORMANCE SECURITY
(PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE)

(Clause-13 of TOR)
To
Address of Employer:
1
WHEREAS________________________[Name and address of Consultants] (hereinafter called “the
consultants”) has undertaken, in pursuance of Contract No.___________________dated
__________________ to provides the services on terms and conditions set forth in this
Contract________________________[Name of contract and brief description of works) (hereinafter
called the “the Contract”).
AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said Contract that the Consultants shall
furnish you with a Bank Guarantee by a recognized bank for the sum specified there in as
security for compliance with his obligations in accordance with the Contract;
AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the Consultants such a BankGuarantee;
NOW THEREOF we hereby affirm that we are the Guarantor andresponsible to you, on behalf
2
of the Consultants up to a total of [amount of Guarantee] ________________[in words], such sum
being payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is
payable, and we undertake to pay you, upon your first written demand and without cavil or
argument, any sum or sums within the limits of [amount of Guarantee] as aforesaid without
your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your demand for the sum specified
therein.
We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the Consultants before
presenting us with the demand.
We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of the
Contract or of the services to be performed there under or of any of the Contract documents
which may be made between you and the Consultants shall in any way release us from any
liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or
modification.
The liability of the Bank under this Guarantee shall not be affected by any change in the
constitution of the consultants or of the Bank.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein before, our liability under this guarantee is
restricted to Rs.______________________________________(Rs.__________________________) and the
guarantee shall remain valid till___________________________________. Unless a claim or a demand in
writing is made up on us on or before ____________________________________all our liability under
this guarantee shall cease.
Page 260 of 264

This guarantee shall be valid for a period of 80 months i.e. upto 2 months beyond the expiry of
contract of 78 months.
Signature and Seal of the Guarantor _________________In presence of
Name and Designation
1.
(Name, Signature& Occupation)
Name of the Bank
Address 2.
(Name &Occupation)
Date
1
Give names of all partners if the Consultants is a Joint Venture.
Page 261 of 264

Appendix I: Form of Bank Guarantee for Advance Payments
(Reference Clause 6.4(a) of Contract)
(To be stamped in accordance with Stamp Act, if any, of the country of issuing bank)
Ref: Bank Guarantee: _________
Date:
Dear Sir,
In consideration of M/s.________________________(herein after referred as the "Client", which

expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning there of include it successors,
administrators and assigns) having awarded to M/s._______________________(herein after referred
to as the "Consultant" which expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning
thereof, include its successors, administrators, executors and assigns), a contract by issue of
client's Contract Agreement No. _____dated _____and the same having been unequivocally
accepted by the Consultant, resulting in a Contract valued at________.
For Contract (hereinafter called the "Contract") (scope of work) and the Client having agreed to
make an advance payment to the Consultant for performance of the above Contract amounting
to (in words and figures) as an advance against Bank Guarantee to be furnished by the
Consultant.
We _______________________________________(Name of the Bank) having its Head Office

at_________________________________(herein after referred to as the Bank), which expressions hall,
unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include it successors, administrators
executors and assigns) do hereby guarantee and undertake to pay the client immediately on
demand any or, all monies payable by the Consultant to the extent of _______________as aforesaid at
any time upto_______________________________@___________________________without any demur,
reservation, contest, recourse or protest and/or without any reference to the consultant. Any such
demand made by the client on the Bank shall be conclusive and binding notwithstanding any
difference between the Client and the Consultant or any dispute pending before any Court,
Tribunal, Arbitrator or any other authority. We agree that the Guarantee herein contained shall
be irrevocable and shall continue to be enforceable till the Client discharges this guarantee.
The Client shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of the Bank
under this Guarantee, from time to time to vary the advance or to extend the time for
performance of the contract by the Consultant. The Client shall have the fullest liberty without
affecting this guarantee, to postpone from time to time the exercise of any powers vested in them
or of any right which they might have against the Client and to exercise the same at any time in
any manner, and either to enforce or to forebear to enforce any covenants, contained or implied,
in the Contract between the Client and the Consultant other course or remedy or security
available to the Client. The bank shall not be relieved of its obligations under these presents by any
exercise by the Client of its liberty with reference to the matters aforesaid or any of them or by
reason of any other act or forbearance or other acts of omission or commission on the part of the
Client or any other Indulgence shown by the Client or by any other matter or thing whatsoever
which under law would but for this provision have the effect of relieving the Bank.
Page 262 of 264

The Bank also agrees that the Client at its option shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee
against the Bank as a principal debtor, in the first instance without proceeding against the
Consultant and notwithstanding any security or other guarantee that the Client may have in
relation to the Consultant's liabilities.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein above our liability under this guarantee is limited to
______________________________________________and it shall remain in force upto and including
_____________________________________And shall be extended from time to time for such period (not
exceeding one year), as may be desired by M/s. ________________________ on whose behalf this
guarantee has been given.
Dated this ___________________________day of____________________200________at_______________
WITNESS
(signature)
__________________________________
(Signature)
(Name)
(Name)
(Official Address) Designation (with Bank stamp)
Attorney as per Power of

Attorney No.
Dated
Strike out, whichever is not applicable.
Note1: The stamp papers of appropriate value shall be purchased in the name of bank Who
issues the "Bank Guarantee”.
Note 2: The bank guarantee shall be from a Nationalized Indian Bank or reputed foreign
commercial Bank acceptable to client for Foreign Consultant with counter guarantee from
Nationalized Bank. Bank guarantee furnished by Foreign Consultant shall be confirmed by any
Nationalized Bank in India.
Page 263 of 264

Appendix J
Letter of invitation
Page 264 of 264

Appendix K
Letter of Award
Page 265 of 264

Appendix L
Minutes of pre-bid meeting
Page 266 of 264

Appendix-M
Memorandum of Understanding
between
_____________________
And
__________________________
Whereas the Ministry of Road Transport & Highways (MoRT&H) (the ‘Employer’) has
invited proposal for appointment of Authority’s Engineer for __________________ (Name of
project) hereinafter called the Project.
And Whereas _________________ (Lead Partner) and _______________ JV partner/s have

agreed to form a Joint Venture to provide the said services to the Employer as Authority’s
Engineer; and
Now, therefore, it is hereby agreed by and on behalf of the partners as follows:
(i) ___________ will be the lead partner and ____________ will be the other JV partner/s.
(ii) ______________ (lead partner) shall be the incharge of overall administration of contract
and shall be authorised representative of all JV partners for conducting all business
for and on behalf of the JV during the bidding process and subsequently, represent the
joint venture for and on behalf of the JV for all contractual matters for dealing with the
Employer/EPC Contractor if Consultancy work is awarded to JV.
(iii) All JV partners do hereby undertake to be jointly and severely responsible for all the
obligation and liabilities relating to the consultancy work and in accordance with the
Terms of Reference of the Request for Proposal for the Consultancy Services.
(iv) Subsequently, if the JV is selected to provide the desired consultancy services, a

detailed MOU indicating the specific project inputs and role of each partner/s along
with percentage sharing of cost of services shall be submitted to the Employer
(Consultant may submit the detailed MOU along with percentage sharing of cost at the
time of bidding also).
For____________________ (Name of Lead partner)

_______________________
Managing Director/Head of the Firm
Address
For____________________ (Name of JV partner/s)
_______________________
Managing Director/Head of the Firm
Address
For____________________ (Name of Associate Partner/s)
DISCLAIMER
The Applicant must read all the instructions in the RFP and submit the same accordingly.
Page 267 of 264

RFP Morth TN

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

RFP Morth TN

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

RFP Morth TN

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

(Ministry of Road Transport & Highways)

CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR AUTHORITY’S ENGINEER FOR SUPERVISION OF

REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL

Regional Office, Hyderabad

Appendix B-1-Technical proposal submission form. 58

Appendix B-2-Site Appreciation 59

Appendix B-3-Approach paper on methodology for performing the assignment 60

Appendix B-4-Facility for field investigation and testing 61

Appendix B-5-Composition of the Team and Task(s) of each Team member 62

Appendix B-6-Curriculum vitae of proposed Professional staff. 63

Appendix B-7-Time schedule for deployment of Professional staff 64

Appendix B-8-Activity (works) schedule. 65

Appendix B-9-Affidavit – Correctness of Experience claimed by the Firms 66

Appendix B-10-Integrity Pact 67-73

Tender Ref No. RW/HYD/Misc-28/NIT/2021-22/001 dt 29.06.2021

SECTION 1: INFORMATION TO CONSULTANTS

TABLE1: DETAILS OF PROJECT

S No Consultancy Package NH No. State ProjectProject Assignment

2. The RFP has also been uploaded on “INFRACON” (www.infracon.nic.in). As such

4. Bid must be submitted online at e-tender portal of MoRTH https://eprocure.gov.in

7. MoRTH intends to appoint a Consultant to act as Authority’s Engineer for

9. Unqualified bidders would be informed regarding their non-qualification, without any

A). Eligibility criteria for sole applicant firm.

S. Experience of the firm in last 7 years Annual Turnover***

*** For weightage of experience in any past Consultancy assignment, experience

Regional Officer, Hyderabad,

(i) “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting,

Part 1: Technical Proposal and

Part 1: Technical Proposal

i. A brief description of the firm’s organisation and an outline of recent

 Road signs inspection using Retro Reflectometer

Part 2: Financial Proposal

4. SUBMISSION, RECEIPT AND OPENING OF PROPOSALS

4.1 PREPARATION & SUBMISSION OF APPLICATIONS:

(I) Technical Proposal {Only Electronic Form (to be uploaded on the E-

II) Financial proposal as per format prescribed in section – 5 of RFP

4.2 Modification / Substitution/ Withdrawal of bids:

4.3 OPENING AND EVALUATION OF APPLICATIONS:

SF= 100 x FM/F (F= amount of financial proposal)

8. Signing of Contract Agreement

(As Mentioned in Letter of Invitation to Consultants)

Sub clause No. in Letter of Invitation to Consultants

1 Pre-Proposal Conference shall be held at: Employer’s Office on 26.07.2021 at

4 The Language of documents and correspondence will be English

8 The Consultants to state cost in INR .

9 The time and date of submission: 12.08.2021 upto 1500 hrs .

10 The points assigned to Technical Evaluation criteria are:

Experience of Authority’s Engineerfor having offered consultancy services to a private

iii. Qualification and competence of following professional/sub-professional

Normal Highway Project:

S. No Staff Position Marks.

Standalone Bridge Project:

Standalone Tunnel Project:

Sub criteria for qualification of Key Personnel (i.e. Professional staff)

ix) The weightage given to technical proposal is 70%.

The weightage given to financial proposal is 30%.

1. Evaluation Criteria for Assessment of Experience of the Firm.

4 Experience in DPR/Feasibility Study cum Preliminary 5